NEOMAGIC CORP
S-1/A, 1997-03-12
SEMICONDUCTORS & RELATED DEVICES
Previous: TRACK N TRAIL, S-1, 1997-03-12
Next: GLOBAL BROADCASTING SYSTEMS INC/FA, S-1/A, 1997-03-12



<PAGE>
 
     
  AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MARCH 12, 1997     
                                                     REGISTRATION NO. 333-20031
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                ---------------
                                
                             AMENDMENT NO. 3     
                                      TO
                                   FORM S-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                ---------------
                             NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                <C>                                <C>
            DELAWARE                              3674                            77-0344424
 (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF      (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL             (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
 INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)       CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)           IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
</TABLE>
 
                                3260 JAY STREET
                             SANTA CLARA, CA 95054
                                (408) 988-7020
  (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
                   REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
                              PRAKASH C. AGARWAL
                     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                             NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
                                3260 JAY STREET
                             SANTA CLARA, CA 95054
                                (408) 988-7020
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                                ---------------
 
                                  COPIES TO:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>
              ARTHUR F. SCHNEIDERMAN                                JOSHUA L. GREEN
                MICHAEL J. DANAHER                                 ROBERT V. W. ZIPP
                ROBERT D. SANCHEZ                                  GLEN R. VAN LIGTEN
         WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI                          VENTURE LAW GROUP
             PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION                          A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION
                650 PAGE MILL ROAD                                2800 SAND HILL ROAD
         PALO ALTO, CALIFORNIA 94304-1050                         MENLO PARK, CA 94025
                  (415) 493-9300                                     (415) 854-4488
</TABLE>
 
                                ---------------
       APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
     As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration
                                  Statement.
                                ---------------
 
  IF ANY OF THE SECURITIES BEING REGISTERED ON THIS FORM ARE TO BE OFFERED ON
A DELAYED OR CONTINUOUS BASIS PURSUANT TO RULE 415 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, CHECK THE FOLLOWING BOX. [_]
 
  IF THIS FORM IS FILED TO REGISTER ADDITIONAL SECURITIES FOR AN OFFERING
PURSUANT TO RULE 462(B) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PLEASE CHECK THE FOLLOWING
BOX AND LIST THE SECURITIES ACT REGISTRATION STATEMENT NUMBER OF THE EARLIER
EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SAME OFFERING. [_]
 
  IF THIS FORM IS A POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT FILED PURSUANT TO RULE 462(C)
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, CHECK THE FOLLOWING BOX AND LIST THE SECURITIES ACT
REGISTRATION STATEMENT NUMBER OF THE EARLIER EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
FOR THE SAME OFFERING. [_]
 
  IF DELIVERY OF THE PROSPECTUS IS EXPECTED TO BE MADE PURSUANT TO RULE 434,
PLEASE CHECK THE FOLLOWING BOX. [_]
 
                                ---------------
  THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A         +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE   +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY  +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT        +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR   +
+THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE      +
+SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE    +
+UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF  +
+ANY SUCH STATE.                                                               +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
   
Issued March 12, 1997           3,000,000 Shares

                 [LOGO OF NEOMAGIC CORPORATION APPEARS HERE]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                                  ----------
   
ALL OF THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY ARE BEING SOLD BY THE COMPANY.
PRIOR TO THIS OFFERING, THERE HAS BEEN NO PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE COMPANY. IT IS CURRENTLY ESTIMATED THAT THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE
PER SHARE WILL BE BETWEEN $9 AND $11. SEE "UNDERWRITERS" FOR A DISCUSSION OF
THE FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED IN DETERMINING THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE.
THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY HAVE BEEN APPROVED FOR QUOTATION ON
THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET UNDER THE SYMBOL "NMGC" SUBJECT TO OFFICIAL NOTICE
OF ISSUANCE. THE COMPANY ANTICIPATES THAT, CONCURRENTLY WITH THE CLOSING OF
THIS OFFERING, MITSUBISHI INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION AND MC SILICON VALLEY, INC.
WILL PURCHASE DIRECTLY FROM THE COMPANY ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
HAVING AN AGGREGATE PURCHASE PRICE OF $1,500,000. SEE "DIRECT SALES."     
 
                                  ----------
 
            THIS OFFERING INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE "RISK
                     FACTORS" COMMENCING ON PAGE 4 HEREOF.
 
                                  ----------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                                  ----------
 
                               PRICE $    A SHARE
 
                                  ----------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       UNDERWRITING
                                             PRICE TO DISCOUNTS AND  PROCEEDS TO
                                              PUBLIC  COMMISSIONS(1) COMPANY(2)
                                             -------- -------------- -----------
<S>                                          <C>      <C>            <C>
Per Share................................... $           $            $
Total (3)................................... $           $            $
</TABLE>
- -----
  (1) See "Underwriters" for information concerning indemnification of the
      Underwriters and other matters.
  (2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at $900,000.
  (3) The Company and certain stockholders (the "Selling Stockholders") have
      granted the Underwriters an option, exercisable within 30 days of the
      date hereof, to purchase up to an aggregate of 350,000 and 100,000
      additional Shares of Common Stock, respectively, at the price to public
      less underwriting discounts and commissions for the purpose of covering
      over-allotments, if any. If the Underwriters exercise such option in
      full, the total price to public, underwriting discounts and commissions,
      proceeds to Company and proceeds to Selling Stockholders will be
      $       , $       , $       , and $       , respectively. See
      "Underwriters."
 
                                  ----------
 
  The Shares are offered, subject to prior sale, when, as and if accepted by
the Underwriters named herein and subject to approval of certain legal matters
by Venture Law Group, A Professional Corporation, counsel for the Underwriters.
It is expected that delivery of the Shares will be made on or about     , 1997
at the office of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, New York, N.Y., against
payment therefor in immediately available funds.
 
                                  ----------
 
MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
        Incorporated
         MONTGOMERY SECURITIES
                                                   ROBERTSON, STEPHENS & COMPANY
 
        , 1997
<PAGE>
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A         +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE   +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY  +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT        +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR   +
+THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE      +
+SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE    +
+UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF  +
+ANY SUCH STATE.                                                               +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
   
Issued March 12, 1997     
 
                                         Shares

                 [LOGO OF NEOMAGIC CORPORATION APPEARS HERE]
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                                  -----------
   
THIS PROSPECTUS RELATES TO SHARES OF COMMON STOCK TO BE SOLD TO CERTAIN
PURCHASERS PURSUANT TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENTS WITH THE COMPANY. SEE "DIRECT
SALES."     
 
                                  -----------
 
            THIS OFFERING INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE "RISK
                     FACTORS" COMMENCING ON PAGE 4 HEREOF.
 
                                  -----------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                                  -----------
 
 
 
 
        , 1997
<PAGE>
 
  NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO GIVE
ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OTHER THAN AS CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS, AND IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT
BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY, BY ANY SELLING
STOCKHOLDER OR BY ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN
OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY BY ANY PERSON IN ANY
JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT IS UNLAWFUL FOR SUCH PERSON TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFERING
OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IMPLY THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED
HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                               ----------------
 
  UNTIL           , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE COMMENCEMENT OF THIS OFFERING),
ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO
DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR
UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                               ----------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Prospectus Summary........................................................    3
Risk Factors..............................................................    4
The Company...............................................................   14
Use of Proceeds...........................................................   15
Dividend Policy...........................................................   15
Capitalization............................................................   16
Dilution..................................................................   17
Selected Consolidated Financial Data......................................   18
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations...............................................................   19
Business..................................................................   26
Management................................................................   37
Certain Transactions......................................................   44
Principal and Selling Stockholders........................................   47
Description of Capital Stock..............................................   49
Shares Eligible for Future Sale...........................................   52
Direct Sales..............................................................   53
Underwriters..............................................................   54
Legal Matters.............................................................   55
Experts...................................................................   55
Additional Information....................................................   56
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements................................  F-1
</TABLE>
 
                               ----------------
 
  The Company intends to furnish to its stockholders annual reports containing
consolidated financial statements audited by an independent public accounting
firm and quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year
containing unaudited consolidated financial information. Upon completion of
the offering contemplated hereby, the Company will be subject to the
informational requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and in
accordance therewith, will be filing reports and other information with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
                               ----------------
 
  The Company's logo, MagicWare and MagicGraph128 are trademarks of the
Company. All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this Prospectus
are the property of their respective owners.
 
                               ----------------
 
  Except as otherwise noted herein, all information in this Prospectus (i)
assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option and (ii)
reflects the conversion of all of the Company's outstanding shares of
Preferred Stock into Common Stock upon the closing of this offering. See
"Underwriters." As of January 1996, the Company adopted a fiscal reporting
period consisting of a fifty-two week period ending on the Sunday closest to
the January month end. Fiscal years 1995, 1996 and 1997 ended on January 31,
28, and 26, respectively. For convenience, in the financial statements and
other financial data included herein, fiscal periods have been shown as ending
on the last day of the calendar month.
 
                               ----------------
   
  CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE COMPANY. SPECIFICALLY, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVERALLOT IN CONNECTION WITH
THE OFFERING, AND MAY BID FOR, AND PURCHASE, SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE
COMPANY IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE
DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME. SEE "UNDERWRITERS."     
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                   [LOGO OF NEOMAGIC--MOBILIZING MULTIMEDIA]
 
  NeoMagic has pioneered a new approach to providing multimedia semiconductor
solutions for portable PC's that it believes overcomes the limitations of
traditional architectures. The Company believes that it has developed the
first commercially available high performance, low power silicon technology
that integrates large DRAM memory with analog and logic circuitry on a single
chip. NeoMagic's system on a chip is designed to bring desktop multimedia
performance to mobile computers without compromising battery life or system
size, weight or cost.
 
             [PICTURE OF 5 NOTEBOOK PC'S OPENED TO DISPLAY SCREEN]
 
  Eight of the world's ten largest notebook PC manufacturers have designed or
are designing notebook PCs to include MagicGraph128 products. The Company's
products are currently used in notebook PC's sold by Acer, Compaq, Dell,
Digital Equipment, Fujitsu, Hewlett-Packard, Hitachi, Mitsubishi, NEC, Sharp
and Texas Instruments.
<PAGE>
 
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
  The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
   
  NeoMagic Corporation ("NeoMagic" or the "Company") designs, develops and
markets multimedia accelerators for sale to notebook PC manufacturers. The
Company, based on its knowledge of and experience in the industry, believes it
has developed the first commercially available silicon technology that
integrates large DRAM memory with analog and logic circuitry to provide high
performance multimedia solutions on a single chip. The Company's MagicGraph128
family of pin-compatible, multimedia accelerator products incorporates a 128-
bit memory bus. The Company believes these products enable notebook PC
manufacturers to deliver state-of-the-art multimedia capability while
decreasing power consumption, size, weight, system design complexity and cost.
Eight of the world's ten largest notebook PC manufacturers have designed or are
designing notebook PCs to include MagicGraph128 products. MagicGraph128
products are currently used in notebook PCs sold by Acer, Compaq, Dell, Digital
Equipment, Fujitsu, Hewlett-Packard, Hitachi, Mitsubishi, NEC, Sharp and Texas
Instruments. NeoMagic sells its products either directly to these companies or
to subcontractors of such companies.     
 
  NeoMagic's MagicGraph128 family of products ranges from accelerators designed
for notebook PCs that target cost-conscious consumers to fully-featured
multimedia systems designed for high-end notebook PCs. The Company introduced
its first MagicGraph128 product in March 1995, is currently in production with
three products and is sampling the fourth generation of its MagicGraph128
product family. NeoMagic has established strategic relationships with
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation and Toshiba Corporation to produce
semiconductor wafers for the Company's products. Pursuant to these strategic
relationships, NeoMagic designs the overall product, including the logic and
analog circuitry, and the manufacturing partner designs the DRAM module,
manufactures the wafers and performs memory testing and repair. NeoMagic is
focused on leveraging its core competencies in logic, analog and memory
integration, graphics/video multimedia technologies, driver and BIOS software,
and power management to continue developing solutions to further facilitate the
mobilization of multimedia applications.
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>
Common Stock offered....  3,000,000 shares
Common Stock to be
 outstanding after the
 offering...............  23,332,205 shares(1)
Use of proceeds.........  For general corporate purposes, including working capital and
                          capital expenditures
Proposed Nasdaq National
 Market symbol..........  NMGC
</TABLE>
 
                   SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                        FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                              PERIOD FROM MAY 26,          JANUARY 31,
                            1993 (INCEPTION) THROUGH -------------------------
                                JANUARY 31, 1994      1995     1996     1997
                            ------------------------ -------  -------  -------
<S>                         <C>                      <C>      <C>      <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
 OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales..................          $ --            $   --   $   243  $40,792
Gross profit...............            --                --        78   12,142
Loss from operations.......           (773)           (4,891)  (7,072)  (1,483)
Net loss...................          $(757)          $(4,791) $(6,869) $(1,163)
Pro forma net loss per
 share(2)..................                                            $  (.05)
Shares used in computing
 pro forma net loss
 per share(2)..............                                             21,754
</TABLE>    
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                             JANUARY 31, 1997
                                                          ----------------------
                                                          ACTUAL  AS ADJUSTED(3)
                                                          ------- --------------
<S>                                                       <C>     <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents................................ $13,458    $40,458
Working capital..........................................   1,398     28,398
Total assets.............................................  27,464     54,464
Long-term obligations....................................   1,194      1,194
Total stockholders' equity...............................   4,200     31,200
</TABLE>    
- -------
(1) Based on shares of Common Stock outstanding as of January 31, 1997.
    Excludes shares to be sold in the Direct Sales. Also excludes 2,440,750
    shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options under the
    Company's Amended and Restated 1993 Stock Plan (the "Stock Plan"), 316,743
    shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding
    as of January 31, 1997, 2,427,387 shares reserved for future grant under
    the Stock Plan as of January 31, 1997 and 500,000 shares of Common Stock
    reserved for issuance under the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan. See
    "Management--Employee Benefit Plans" and Note 6 of Notes to Consolidated
    Financial Statements.
(2) See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an explanation
    of the determination of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per
    share.
   
(3) As adjusted to reflect the conversion of Preferred Stock to Common Stock
    which will occur upon the closing of the offering and the sale by the
    Company of 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed
    offering price of $10.00 per share (after deducting estimated underwriting
    discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by the Company).
    See "Use of Proceeds" and "Capitalization." Does not reflect the sale of
    any shares pursuant to the Direct Sales.     
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                                 RISK FACTORS
 
  This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. The Company's actual results may differ materially from those
discussed herein. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences
include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the following risk factors
as well as those discussed elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
  Fluctuations in Operating Results. NeoMagic's quarterly and annual results
of operations are affected by a variety of factors that could materially
adversely affect net sales, gross profit and income from operations. These
factors include, among others, demand for the Company's products; changes in
product or customer mix, (i.e., the portion of the Company's revenues
represented by the Company's various products and customers); fluctuations in
manufacturing yields; incorrect forecasting of future revenues; availability
and cost of manufacturing capacity; unanticipated delays or problems in the
introduction or performance of the Company's next generation of products; the
Company's ability to introduce new products in accordance with OEM design
requirements and design cycles; market acceptance of the products of the
Company's customers; changes in the timing of product orders due to unexpected
delays in the introduction of products of the Company's customers or due to
the life cycles of such customers' products ending earlier than anticipated;
new product announcements or product introductions by NeoMagic's competitors;
competitive pressures resulting in lower selling prices; the volume of orders
that are received and can be fulfilled in a quarter; the rescheduling or
cancellation of orders by customers which cannot be replaced with orders from
other customers; supply constraints for the other components incorporated into
its customers' notebook PC products; foreign exchange rate fluctuations; the
unanticipated loss of any strategic relationship; seasonality associated with
the tendency of PC sales to increase in the second half of each calendar year;
the level of expenditures for research and development and sales, general and
administrative functions of the Company; costs associated with future
litigation; and costs associated with protecting the Company's intellectual
property. Any one or more of these factors could result in the Company failing
to achieve its expectations as to future revenues. The Company may be unable
to adjust spending sufficiently in a timely manner to compensate for any
unexpected sales shortfall, which could materially adversely affect quarterly
operating results. Accordingly, the Company believes that period-to-period
comparisons of its operating results should not be relied upon as an
indication of future performance. In addition, the results of any quarterly
period are not indicative of results to be expected for a full fiscal year. In
certain future quarters, the Company's operating results may be below the
expectations of public market analysts or investors. In such event, the market
price of the Common Stock would be materially adversely affected.
 
  Risks Associated with Dependence on the Notebook PC Market. The Company's
products are used only in notebook PCs. The notebook PC market is
characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards,
frequent new product introductions and significant price competition,
resulting in short product life cycles and regular reductions of average
selling prices over the life of a specific product. Although the notebook PC
market has grown substantially in recent years, there is no assurance that
such growth will continue. A reduction in sales of notebook PCs, or a
reduction in the growth rate of such sales, would likely reduce demand for the
Company's products. Moreover, such changes in demand could be large and
sudden. Since PC manufacturers often build inventories during periods of
anticipated growth, they may be left with excess inventories if growth slows
or if they have incorrectly forecast product transitions. In such cases, the
PC manufacturers may abruptly suspend substantially all purchases of
additional inventory from suppliers such as the Company until the excess
inventory has been absorbed. Any reduction in the demand for notebook PCs
generally, or for a particular product that incorporates the Company's
multimedia accelerators, could have a material adverse impact on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
  The Company's ability to compete in the future will depend on its ability to
identify and ensure compliance with evolving industry standards. Unanticipated
changes in industry standards could render the Company's products incompatible
with products developed by major hardware manufacturers and software
developers, including Intel Corporation and Microsoft Corporation. The Company
could be required, as a result, to invest significant time and effort to
redesign the Company's products to ensure compliance with relevant standards.
If the Company's products are not in compliance with prevailing industry
standards for a significant period of time,
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
the Company could miss opportunities to achieve crucial design wins, which
could result in a material adverse change in the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. In addition, the Company's products are
designed to afford the notebook PC manufacturer significant advantages with
respect to product performance, power consumption and size. To the extent that
future developments in other notebook PC components or subassemblies
incorporate one or more of the advantages offered by the Company's products,
the market demand for the Company's products may be negatively impacted, which
could result in a material adverse change in the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations.
 
  Product Concentration; Risks Associated with Multimedia Products. The
Company's revenues are entirely dependent on the market for multimedia
accelerators for notebook PCs and on the Company's ability to compete in that
market. Since the Company has no other product line, the Company's revenues
and results of operations would be materially adversely affected if for any
reason it were unsuccessful in selling multimedia accelerators. The notebook
PC market frequently undergoes transitions in which products rapidly
incorporate new features and performance standards on an industry-wide basis.
If the Company's products are unable at the beginning of each such transition
to support the new feature sets or performance levels being required by
notebook PC manufacturers, the Company would be likely to lose design wins
and, moreover, not have the opportunity to compete for new design wins until
the next product transition occurred. Thus, a failure to develop products with
required feature sets or performance standards or a delay as short as a few
months in bringing a new product to market could significantly reduce the
Company's net sales for a substantial period, which would have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
 
  The notebook PC multimedia market is characterized by extreme price
competition. Leading-edge products may command higher average selling prices
but prices decline throughout the product life cycle as comparable and more
advanced products are introduced into the market. As a result, the Company's
ability to maintain average selling prices and gross margins depends
substantially on its ability to continue introducing new products. Its ability
to maintain gross margins is also dependent, but to a lesser extent, upon its
ability to reduce product costs throughout a product life cycle by instituting
cost reduction design changes and yield improvements, persuading customers to
adopt cost-reduced versions of its products and successfully managing its
manufacturing and subcontract relationships. The failure of the Company to
continue designing and introducing advanced products in a timely manner or to
continue reducing product costs would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's net sales, gross margins and results of operations.
 
  Customer Concentration. The notebook PC market is highly concentrated, with
the top ten brand name OEMs by revenues accounting for more than 65% of unit
shipments during the third quarter of calendar 1996 (the most recent period
for which data is available). For this reason, the Company's sales are also
highly concentrated. Sales to the Company's top five customers accounted for
79.7% of the Company's total net sales for fiscal year 1997. The Company
expects that a small number of customers will continue to account for a
substantial portion of its net sales for the foreseeable future. As a result,
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations could be
materially adversely affected by the decision of a single customer to cease
using the Company's products or by a decline in the number of notebook PCs
sold by a single customer or by a small number of customers.
 
  Effects of Changes in DRAM Pricing. The Company's MagicGraph128 products
feature large DRAM memory integrated with analog and logic circuitry on a
single chip, while its competitors provide only the graphics/video analog and
logic circuitry on a separate chip to be used in conjunction with DRAMs
supplied by others. The prices of the Company's products reflect many factors,
including the prices of DRAM chips. As a result, the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely
affected by unanticipated changes in the price of DRAMs. Such changes are
typically sudden and dramatic and can extend over a significant period of
time. For example, the average price of 4-Mbit DRAMs declined by more than 80%
in 1996, and this decline affected the average selling prices of the Company's
products. A significant reduction in the price of DRAMs could cause the
Company's products to be less competitively priced, potentially affecting
ongoing product pricing as well as resulting in the loss of design wins for
new notebook PCs. In this
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
circumstance, competitors without embedded DRAM could be potentially benefited
by DRAM price reductions, and the Company could be forced to respond to
pricing pressures precipitated by changes in the DRAM market by reducing the
average selling prices of its products to current and prospective system
manufacturer customers. Because the Company's product costs cannot be adjusted
as rapidly as changes in average selling prices to system manufacturers, the
Company's net sales and gross profit would be materially and adversely
impacted.
 
  Dependence on Manufacturing Relationships. The Company's products require
wafers manufactured with state-of-the-art fabrication equipment and
techniques. All of the Company's products are currently manufactured by
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation ("Mitsubishi Electric") in Japan under the
terms of a five-year wafer supply agreement. Mitsubishi Electric is currently
producing six-inch wafers for the Company and expects to begin producing
eight-inch wafers utilizing Mitsubishi Electric's next generation of
manufacturing technologies for certain of the Company's new products in
calendar 1997. The Company also has entered into a five-year wafer supply
agreement with Toshiba Corporation ("Toshiba") in Japan to commence production
of the Company's next generation multimedia accelerator products. NeoMagic
does not expect that a significant portion of the Company's wafer requirements
will be met by Toshiba before calendar 1998. The Company expects that, for the
foreseeable future, each of its products will be single source manufactured.
Because the lead time needed to establish a strategic relationship with a new
DRAM partner is at least 12 months and the estimated time for Mitsubishi
Electric to switch to a new product line is four to six months, there is no
readily available alternative source of supply for any specific product. A
manufacturing disruption experienced by either of the Company's manufacturing
partners would impact the production of the Company's products for a
substantial period of time, which would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and result of operations. Furthermore,
in the event that the transition to the next generation of manufacturing
technologies at Mitsubishi Electric or the relationship with Toshiba is
unsuccessful or delayed, the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.
 
  There are many other risks associated with the Company's dependence upon
third party manufacturers, including: reduced control over delivery schedules,
quality assurance, manufacturing yields and cost; the potential lack of
adequate capacity during periods of excess demand; limited warranties on
wafers supplied to the Company; and potential misappropriation of NeoMagic
intellectual property. The Company is dependent on Mitsubishi Electric, and
expects in the future to be dependent upon Toshiba as well, to produce wafers
of acceptable quality and with acceptable manufacturing yields, to deliver
those wafers to the Company and its independent assembly and testing
subcontractors on a timely basis and to allocate to the Company a portion of
their manufacturing capacity sufficient to meet the Company's needs. On
occasion, the Company has experienced some of these difficulties. The
Company's wafer requirements represent a very small portion of the total
production of these companies. Although the Company's products are designed
using the process design rules of the particular manufacturer, there can be no
assurance that either Mitsubishi Electric or Toshiba will be able to achieve
or maintain acceptable yields or deliver sufficient quantities of wafers on a
timely basis or at an acceptable cost. Additionally, there can be no assurance
that either Mitsubishi Electric or Toshiba will continue to devote resources
to the production of the Company's products or continue to advance the process
design technologies on which the manufacturing of the Company's products are
based. Any such difficulties would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
  The Company's products are assembled and tested by third party
subcontractors. The Company does not have long term agreements with any of
these subcontractors. Such assembly and testing is conducted on a purchase
order basis. As a result of its reliance on third party subcontractors to
assemble and test its products, the Company cannot directly control product
delivery schedules, which could lead to product shortages or quality assurance
problems that could increase the costs of manufacturing or assembly of the
Company's products. Due to the amount of time normally required to qualify
assembly and test subcontractors, product shipments could be delayed
significantly if the Company is required to find alternative subcontractors.
Any problems associated with the delivery, quality or cost of the assembly and
test of the Company's products could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
  Inventory Risk. Under its wafer supply agreements with Mitsubishi Electric
and Toshiba, the Company is obligated to provide rolling 12-month forecasts of
anticipated purchases and to place binding purchase orders four months prior
to shipment. If the Company cancels a purchase order, it must pay cancellation
penalties based on the status of work in process or the proximity of the
cancellation to the delivery date. Forecasts of monthly purchases may not
increase or decrease by more than a certain percentage from the previous
month's forecast without the manufacturer's consent. Thus, the Company must
make forecasts and place purchase orders for wafers long before it receives
purchase orders from its own customers. This limits the Company's ability to
react to fluctuations in demand for its products, which can be unexpected and
dramatic, and from time-to-time will cause the Company to have an excess or a
shortage of wafers for a particular product. As a result of the long lead time
for manufacturing wafers, semiconductor companies such as the Company from
time-to-time must take charges for excess inventory. For example, the Company
booked charges totaling $1.5 million for excess inventory in fiscal 1997.
Significant write-offs of excess inventory could materially adversely affect
the Company's financial condition and results of operations. Conversely,
failure to order sufficient wafers would cause the Company to miss revenue
opportunities and, if significant, could impact sales by the Company's
customers, which could adversely affect the Company's customer relationships
and thereby materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations.
 
  Manufacturing Yields. The fabrication of semiconductors is a complex and
precise process. Because NeoMagic's products feature the integration of large
DRAM memory with analog and logic circuitry on a single chip, a manufacturer
must obtain acceptable yields of both the memory and logic portions of such
products, compounding the complexity of the manufacturing process. As a
result, the Company may face greater manufacturing challenges than its
competitors. Minute levels of contaminants in the manufacturing environment,
defects in masks used to print circuits on a wafer, difficulties in the
fabrication process or other factors can cause a substantial percentage of
wafers to be rejected or a significant number of die on each wafer to be
nonfunctional. Many of these problems are difficult to diagnose and time
consuming or expensive to remedy. As a result, semiconductor companies often
experience problems in achieving acceptable wafer manufacturing yields, which
are represented by the number of good die as a proportion of the total number
of die on any particular wafer. The Company purchases wafers, not die, and
pays an agreed price for wafers meeting certain acceptance criteria.
Accordingly, the Company bears the risk of final yield of good die. Poor
yields would materially adversely affect the Company's net sales, gross margin
and results of operations.
 
  Semiconductor manufacturing yields are a function both of product design,
which is developed largely by the Company, and process technology, which is
typically proprietary to the manufacturer. Since low yields may result from
either design or process technology failures, yield problems may not be
effectively determined or resolved until an actual product exists that can be
analyzed and tested to identify process sensitivities relating to the design
rules that are used. As a result, yield problems may not be identified until
well into the production process, and resolution of yield problems would
require cooperation by and communication between the Company and the
manufacturer. For example, a design error that resulted in lower than expected
yields of finished products caused the Company to take a $1.2 million charge
for the three months ended July 31, 1996. This risk is compounded by the
offshore location of the Company's manufacturers, increasing the effort and
time required to identify, communicate and resolve manufacturing yield
problems. As the Company's relationships with Toshiba and any additional
manufacturing partners develop, yields could be adversely affected due to
difficulties associated with adopting the Company's technology and product
design to the proprietary process technology and design rules of each
manufacturer. Because of the Company's limited access to wafer fabrication
capacity from its manufacturers, any decrease in manufacturing yields could
result in an increase in the Company's per unit costs and force the Company to
allocate its available product supply among its customers, thus potentially
adversely impacting customer relationships as well as revenues and gross
profit. There can be no assurance that the Company's manufacturers will
achieve or maintain acceptable manufacturing yields in the future. The
inability of the Company to achieve planned yields from its manufacturers
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. Furthermore, the Company also faces the
risk of product recalls resulting from design or manufacturing defects which
are not discovered during the manufacturing and testing process. In the event
of a significant number of product returns, the Company's net sales and gross
profit could be materially adversely affected.
 
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
  Dependence on New Product Development; Rapid Technological Change. The
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations will depend
to a significant extent on its ability to maintain its position in the market
for multimedia accelerator products that integrate large DRAM with analog and
logic circuitry on a single chip. As a result, the Company believes that
significant expenditures for research and development will continue to be
required in the future. The notebook PC market for which the Company's initial
products are designed is intensely competitive and is characterized by rapidly
changing technology, evolving industry standards and declining average selling
prices. Notebook PC manufacturers demand products incorporating rich features
and functionality in order to achieve product differentiation. The Company
must anticipate the features and functionality that the consumer of notebook
PCs will demand, incorporate those features and functionality into products
that meet the exacting design requirements of the notebook PC manufacturers,
price its products competitively, and introduce the products to the market
within the limited window of market demand. The success of new product
introductions is dependent on several factors, including proper new product
definition, timely completion and introduction of new product designs, the
ability of Mitsubishi Electric, Toshiba and any additional strategic
manufacturing partners to effectively design and implement the manufacture of
new products, quality of new products, differentiation of new products from
those of the Company's competitors and market acceptance of NeoMagic's and its
customers' products. There can be no assurance that the products the Company
expects to introduce will incorporate the features and functionality demanded
by system manufacturers and consumers of notebook PCs, will be successfully
developed or will be introduced within the appropriate window of market
demand. The failure of the Company to successfully introduce new products and
achieve market acceptance for such products would have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
 
  The integration of large DRAM memory with analog and logic circuitry on a
single chip is highly complex and is critical to the Company's success.
Because of the complexity of its products, however, NeoMagic has experienced
delays from time to time in completing development and introduction of new
products. In the event that there are delays in the completion of development
of future products, including the products currently expected to be announced
over the next year, the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations would be materially adversely affected. Although the development
cycles for the memory and logic portions of the Company's products have been
relatively synchronized to date, there can be no assurance that this
synchronization will continue in the future. In addition, there can be no
assurance that fundamental advances in either the memory or logic components
of the Company's products will not significantly increase the complexity
inherent in the design and manufacture of MagicGraph128 products, rendering
the Company's product technologically infeasible or uncompetitive. The
multiple chip solutions offered by the Company's competitors are less complex
to design and manufacture than the Company's integrated MagicGraph128
products. As a result, these competitive solutions may be less expensive,
particularly during periods of depressed DRAM prices. The time required for
competitors to develop and introduce competing products may be shorter and
manufacturing yields may be better than those experienced by the Company.
 
  As the markets for the Company's products continue to develop and
competition increases, NeoMagic anticipates that product life cycles will
shorten and average selling prices will decline. In particular, average
selling prices and, in some cases, gross margin for each of the Company's
products will decline as such products mature. Thus, the Company will need to
introduce new products to maintain average selling prices. There can be no
assurance that the Company will successfully identify new product
opportunities and develop and bring new products to market in a timely manner,
that products or technologies developed by others will not render NeoMagic's
products or technologies obsolete or uncompetitive, or that the Company's
products will be selected for design into the products of its targeted
customers. The failure of the Company's new product development efforts would
have a material adverse effect on NeoMagic's business, financial condition and
results of operations.
 
  Competition. The market for multimedia accelerators for notebook PCs in
which the Company competes is intensely competitive and is characterized by
rapid technological change, evolving industry standards and declining average
selling prices. NeoMagic believes that the principal factors of competition in
this market are
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
performance, price, features, power consumption, size and software support.
The ability of the Company to compete successfully in the rapidly evolving
notebook PC market depends on a number of factors, including success in
designing and subcontracting the manufacture of new products that implement
new technologies, product quality, reliability, price, the efficiency of
production, design wins for NeoMagic's integrated circuits, ramp up of
production of the Company's products for particular system manufacturers, end-
user acceptance of the system manufacturers' products, market acceptance of
competitors' products and general economic conditions. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully in the future.
 
  NeoMagic competes with major domestic and international companies, most of
which have substantially greater financial and other resources than the
Company with which to pursue engineering, manufacturing, marketing and
distribution of their products. The Company's principal competitors include
Chips & Technologies, Inc. ("Chips & Technologies"), Cirrus Logic, Inc.
("Cirrus Logic"), S3 Incorporated ("S3"), and Trident Microsystems, Inc.
("Trident"). NeoMagic may also face increased competition from new entrants
into the notebook PC multimedia accelerator market including from companies
currently selling products designed for desktop PCs. Furthermore, the Company
expects that many of its competitors will seek to develop and introduce
products that integrate large DRAM with analog and logic circuitry on a single
chip. For example, Chips & Technologies and Trident have recently announced
separate programs to introduce in conjunction with Samsung Electronics Company
Ltd. ("Samsung"), the world's largest DRAM manufacturer, an integrated
multimedia accelerator solution for the notebook PC market that would compete
directly with the Company's products. Potential competition also could come
from manufacturers that integrate a microprocessor with a multimedia
controller. Although Intel has not announced any such product, Cyrix
Corporation ("Cyrix") recently announced such a product. To the Company's
knowledge, the Cyrix product does not eliminate the need for multimedia
accelerators in notebook PCs. The successful commercial introduction of such a
product that eliminates the need for a separate multimedia accelerator in
notebook PCs could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations.
 
  Some of the Company's current and potential competitors operate their own
manufacturing facilities. Since the Company does not operate its own
manufacturing facility and must make binding commitments to purchase products,
it may not be able to reduce its costs and cycle time or adjust its production
to meet demand as rapidly as companies that operate their own facilities,
which could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial
condition and results of operations. In addition, the prices of the Company's
products reflect many factors, including the prices of DRAM chips and non-
integrated graphics chips. Therefore, in some cases, the Company's products
may be more expensive than competitive multiple chip solutions. The Company in
the past has lost and in the future may lose design wins due to this price
difference. Furthermore, a significant reduction in the price of DRAMs could
cause the Company's products to be less competitively priced, potentially
affecting ongoing product pricing as well as resulting in the loss of design
wins for new notebook PCs.
   
  History of Operating Losses; Limited History of Operations. The Company was
founded in May 1993 and had losses from operations of $773,000, $4.9 million,
$7.1 million and $1.5 million for the period from inception (May 26, 1993)
through January 31, 1994, and in fiscal years 1995, 1996 and 1997,
respectively, and had an accumulated deficit of approximately $13.6 million as
of January 31, 1997. Although the Company first achieved profitability on a
quarterly basis during the three months ended October 31, 1996, there can be
no assurance that the Company will remain profitable on a quarterly or annual
basis, if at all.     
 
  Uncertainty Regarding Patents and Protection of Proprietary Rights. The
Company relies in part on patents to protect its intellectual property. In the
United States, the Company has been issued two patents, each covering certain
aspects of the design and architecture of the Company's multimedia
accelerators. In addition, the Company has several patent applications pending
in the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the "PTO"). There can be no
assurance that the Company's pending patent applications or any future
applications will be approved, or that any issued patents will provide the
Company with competitive advantages or will not be challenged by third
parties, or that the patents of others will not have an adverse effect on the
Company's ability to do business. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that
others will not independently develop similar products, duplicate the
Company's products or design around any patents that may be issued to the
Company.
 
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
  The Company also relies on a combination of mask work protection,
trademarks, copyrights, trade secret laws, employee and third-party
nondisclosure agreements and licensing arrangements to protect its
intellectual property. Despite these efforts, there can be no assurance that
others will not independently develop substantially equivalent intellectual
property or otherwise gain access to the Company's trade secrets or
intellectual property, or disclose such intellectual property or trade
secrets, or that the Company can meaningfully protect its intellectual
property. A failure by the Company to meaningfully protect its intellectual
property could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations.
   
  As a general matter, the semiconductor industry is characterized by
substantial litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property
rights. The Company in the past has been, and in the future may be, notified
that it may be infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties.
In November 1994, Cirrus Logic filed suit against the Company and certain of
its employees claiming, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, breach
of and interference with contract and misappropriation of trade secrets. The
Company and Cirrus Logic settled the lawsuit in June 1996, but the Company
incurred an aggregate of $703,000 in expenses in connection with such
litigation during fiscal 1995 and fiscal 1996. This settlement did not involve
cash payments but did include a non-solicitation provision and certain
contingent cross-licensing provisions. In late February 1997, the Company
received a written notice from Cirrus Logic asserting that the Company's
MagicGraph128, MagicGraph128V and MagicGraph128ZV products infringe three
United States patents held by Cirrus Logic. The Company believes, that the
Company's MagicGraph128, MagicGraph128V and MagicGraph 128ZV products do not
infringe any of the claims of these patents. The Company's belief is based
upon a legal opinion from its patent counsel, Townsend and Townsend and Crew
LLP ("Townsend"). However, there can be no assurance that Cirrus Logic will
not file a lawsuit against the Company or that the Company would prevail in
any such litigation.     
   
  In October 1996 the Company was notified by two of its customers that they
had received a letter from the holder of a United States patent asserting that
the video/graphics subsystem in such customers' notebook PCs, which use the
Company's MagicGraph128 and MagicGraph128V products, infringe certain claims
of the patent. The Company has certain indemnification obligations to
customers with respect to the infringement of third-party intellectual
property rights by its products. There can be no assurance that the Company's
potential obligations to indemnify such customers will not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. The Company believes that the Company's MagicGraph128 and
MagicGraph128V products do not infringe any of the claims of such patent. The
Company's belief is based upon a legal opinion from its patent counsel,
Townsend. Although there have been no further communications regarding this
matter since October 1996, there can be no assurance that the holder of such
patent will not file a lawsuit against the Company or its customers, that the
Company or such customers would prevail in any such litigation, or that such
customers will continue to purchase the Company's products under the threat of
potential litigation.     
   
  Any patent litigation, whether or not determined in the Company's favor or
settled by the Company, would at a minimum be costly and could divert the
efforts and attention of the Company's management and technical personnel from
productive tasks, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no
assurance that current or future infringement claims by third parties or
claims for indemnification by other customers or end users of the Company's
products resulting from infringement claims will not be asserted in the future
or that such assertions, if proven to be true, will not materially adversely
affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
In the event of any adverse ruling in any such matter, the Company could be
required to pay substantial damages, which could include treble damages, cease
the manufacturing, use and sale of infringing products, discontinue the use of
certain processes or to obtain a license under the intellectual property
rights of the third party claiming infringement. There can be no assurance,
however, that a license would be available on reasonable terms or at all. Any
limitations on the Company's ability to market its products, or delays and
costs associated with redesigning its products or payments of license fees to
third parties, or any failure by the Company to develop or license a
substitute technology on commercially reasonable terms could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.     
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
  Dependence on International Sales and Suppliers. Export sales are a critical
part of the Company's business. Sales to customers located outside the United
States (including sales to foreign operations customers headquartered in the
United States and foreign system manufacturers that sell to United States-
based OEMs) accounted for 90.0% and 96.2% of the Company's net sales for
fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997, respectively. The Company expects that net sales
derived from international sales will continue to represent a significant
portion of its total net sales. Some of the Company's international sales are
supported by letters of credit issued by its customers. Because the Company's
international sales have to date been denominated in United States dollars,
increases in the value of the United States dollar could increase the price in
local currencies of the Company's products in foreign markets and make the
Company's products relatively more expensive than competitors' products that
are denominated in local currencies. All of the Company's wafers are and for
the foreseeable future will be produced by foreign manufacturers. In addition,
many of the components used by the Company are procured from international
sources. Under the Company's wafer supply agreements with Mitsubishi Electric
and Toshiba, products are priced in Japanese yen. As a result, the Company's
cost of goods sold are subject to fluctuations in the yen-dollar exchange
rates. The Company has in the past hedged its exposure to fluctuations in such
foreign currency exchange rate by purchasing forward contracts and may
continue to do so in the future. However, there can be no assurance that such
hedging will be adequate. Significant wafer or component price increases,
fluctuations in currency exchange rates or the Company's hedging against
currency exchange rate fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
  International sales and manufacturing operations are subject to a variety of
risks, including fluctuations in currency exchange rates, tariffs, import
restrictions and other trade barriers, unexpected changes in regulatory
requirements, longer accounts receivable payment cycles, potentially adverse
tax consequences and export license requirements. In addition, the Company is
subject to the risks inherent in conducting business internationally including
foreign government regulation, political and economic instability and
unexpected changes in diplomatic and trade relationships. Moreover, the laws
of certain foreign countries in which the Company's products may be developed,
manufactured or sold, including various countries in Asia, may not protect the
Company's intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of
the United States, thus increasing the possibility of piracy of the Company's
products. There can be no assurance that one or more of these risks will not
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition
and results of operations.
 
  Need for Additional Capital. The Company requires substantial working
capital to fund its business, particularly to finance inventories and accounts
receivable and for capital expenditures. The Company believes that the net
proceeds of this offering, together with its existing capital resources, will
be sufficient to meet the Company's capital requirements through the next 12
months, although the Company could be required, or could elect, to seek to
raise additional capital during such period. The Company's future capital
requirements will depend on many factors, including the rate of net sales
growth, the timing and extent of spending to support research and development
programs and expansion of sales and marketing, the timing of introductions of
new products and enhancements to existing products, and market acceptance of
the Company's products. The Company expects that it may need to raise
additional equity or debt financing in the future. There can be no assurance
that additional equity or debt financing, if required, will be available on
acceptable terms or at all. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital
Resources."
 
  Management of Expanded Operations. The Company has experienced, and may
continue to experience, periods of rapid growth and expansion, which have
placed, and could continue to place, a significant strain on the Company's
limited personnel and other resources. To manage these expanded operations
effectively, the Company will be required to continue to improve its
operational, financial and management systems. Given its relatively early
stage of development, the Company is dependent upon its ability to
successfully hire, train, motivate and manage its employees, especially its
management and development personnel. If the Company's management is unable to
manage its expanded operations effectively, the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
  Dependence on Qualified Personnel. The Company's future success depends in
part on the continued service of its key engineering, sales, marketing,
manufacturing, finance and executive personnel, and its ability to identify,
hire and retain additional personnel. There is intense competition for
qualified personnel in the semiconductor industry, and there can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to continue to attract and train
qualified personnel necessary for the development of its business. The
Company's anticipated growth is expected to place increased demands on the
Company's resources and will likely require the addition of new management
personnel and the development of additional expertise by existing management
personnel. Loss of the services of, or failure to recruit in a timely manner,
key technical and management personnel could be significantly detrimental to
the Company's product development programs or otherwise have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
 
  Absence of Prior Public Market and Possible Volatility of Stock Price. Prior
to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock and
there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop or be
sustained. The initial public offering price for Common Stock to be sold by
the Company was determined by negotiations among the Company and the
Underwriters and may bear no relationship to the price at which the Common
Stock will trade after completion of this offering. See "Underwriting" for
factors considered in determining such offering price. The market price of the
Common Stock could be subject to significant fluctuations in response to
variations in the Company's anticipated or actual operating results,
announcements of new products, technological innovations or setbacks by the
Company or its competitors, conditions in the semiconductor and notebook PC
industries, the commencement of, developments in or outcome of litigation,
changes in estimates of the Company's performance by securities analysts, and
other events or factors. In addition, the stock market in recent years has
experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have particularly
affected the market prices of many high technology companies and that have
often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of
companies. These fluctuations, as well as general economic and market
conditions, may adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.
 
  Concentration of Ownership. Following this offering, the Company's
directors, executive officers and principal stockholders and certain of their
affiliates will own beneficially approximately 65.0% of the outstanding shares
of Common Stock. Accordingly, these stockholders will have the ability to
influence significantly the election of the Company's directors as well as
most other stockholder actions.
 
  Shares Eligible for Future Sale. Sales of a substantial number of shares of
Common Stock (including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options
and warrants) in the public market following this offering could adversely
affect the market price for the Common Stock. Such sales could also make it
more difficult for the Company to sell its equity or equity-related securities
in the future at a time and price that the Company deems appropriate. Upon
completion of this offering, the Company will have outstanding an aggregate of
23,332,205 shares of Common Stock assuming no exercise of the Underwriters'
over-allotment option, no exercise of outstanding options under the Stock Plan
and no issuance of shares pursuant to the Direct Sales. Of these outstanding
shares of Common Stock, the 3,000,000 shares sold in this offering and any
shares sold in the Direct Sales will be freely tradeable without restriction
or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), unless purchased by "affiliates" of the Company as that
term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining 20,332,205
shares of Common Stock outstanding upon completion of this offering and held
by existing stockholders will be "restricted securities" as that term is
defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act ("Restricted Shares"). The
holders of 20,134,705 Restricted Shares, including all officers and directors
of the Company, are subject to "lock-up" agreements with the Representatives
of the Underwriters and/or the Company providing that they will not offer,
sell, contract to sell or grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of
the shares of Common Stock owned by them or that could be purchased by them
through the exercise of options to purchase Common Stock of the Company for a
period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written
consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and/or the Company, as
applicable. The Company has agreed with the Representatives of the
Underwriters not to release any holders from such agreements without the prior
consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. Such lock-up agreements may be
released at any time as to all or any portion of the shares subject to such
agreements at the sole discretion of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. Of the
20,134,705 shares
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
of Common Stock that will first become eligible for sale in the public market
180 days after the date of this Prospectus, 5,524,824 shares will be
immediately eligible for sale without restriction under Rule 144(k) or Rule
701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and 14,609,881 shares will
be immediately eligible for sale subject to certain volume and other
restrictions pursuant to Rule 144. Shortly after the effectiveness of this
offering, the Company intends to register 4,868,137 shares of Common Stock
reserved for issuance under its stock option and stock purchase plans or
currently subject to outstanding options. See "Shares Eligible for Future
Sale."
 
  Anti-Takeover Provisions. Immediately after the closing of this offering,
the Board of Directors will have the authority to issue up to 2,000,000 shares
of Preferred Stock and to determine the price, rights, preferences, privileges
and restrictions, including voting rights, of those shares without any further
vote or action by the stockholders. The rights of the holders of Common Stock
will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of
any Preferred Stock that may be issued in the future. The issuance of
Preferred Stock may delay, defer or prevent a change in control of the Company
as the terms of the Preferred Stock that might be issued could potentially
prohibit the Company's consummation of any merger, reorganization, sale of
substantially all of its assets, liquidation or other extraordinary corporate
transaction without the approval of the holders of the outstanding shares of
the Preferred Stock. Additionally, the issuance of Preferred Stock could have
a dilutive effect on shareholders of the Company. The Company has no present
plans to issue shares of Preferred Stock. In addition, Section 203 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law, to which the Company is subject, restricts
certain business combinations with any "interested stockholder" as defined by
such statute. The statute may delay, defer or prevent a change in control of
the Company.
   
  Dilution. Purchasers of the Common Stock in this offering will suffer
immediate and substantial dilution of $8.66 per share in the net tangible book
value of the Common Stock from the initial public offering price. To the
extent that outstanding options to purchase the Common Stock are exercised,
there will be further dilution.     
 
  Broad Management Discretion in Use of Proceeds. The principal purposes of
this offering are to obtain additional capital, create a public market for the
Company's Common Stock and facilitate future access by the Company to public
equity markets. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company has no specific
plans as to the use of the net proceeds of this offering or the net proceeds
from the Direct Sale. The Company ultimately expects to use such net proceeds
from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital
and capital expenditures. A portion of the proceeds may also be used to
acquire or invest in complementary businesses or products or to obtain the
right to use complementary technologies; however, there are no plans,
negotiations or discussions with respect to any such transactions at the
present time. Pending use of the net proceeds for the above purposes, the
Company intends to invest such funds in short-term, interest-bearing,
investment grade obligations. Accordingly, the Company's management will
retain broad discretion as to the allocation of the net proceeds from this
offering and subject to certain exceptions will be able to use and allocate
such net proceeds without first obtaining stockholder approval.
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
                                  THE COMPANY
   
  NeoMagic Corporation ("NeoMagic" or the "Company") designs, develops and
markets multimedia accelerators for sale to notebook PC manufacturers. The
Company, based on its knowledge of and experience in the industry, believes it
has developed the first commercially available silicon technology that
integrates large DRAM memory with analog and logic circuitry to provide high
performance multimedia solutions on a single chip. The Company's MagicGraph128
family of pin-compatible, multimedia accelerator products incorporates a 128-
bit memory bus. The Company believes these products enable notebook PC
manufacturers to deliver state-of-the-art multimedia capability while
decreasing power consumption, size, weight, system design complexity and cost.
Eight of the world's ten largest notebook PC manufacturers have designed or
are designing notebook PCs to include MagicGraph128 products. MagicGraph128
products are currently used in notebook PCs sold by Acer, Compaq, Dell,
Digital Equipment, Fujitsu, Hewlett-Packard, Hitachi, Mitsubishi, NEC, Sharp
and Texas Instruments. NeoMagic sells its products either directly to these
companies or to subcontractors of such companies.     
 
  Advances in the multimedia capabilities and features of personal computers
and software applications have fueled the demand for personal computers and
enhanced the usefulness of the PC as a platform for work, entertainment,
communication and collaboration. In particular, the effectiveness of
multimedia for many applications, such as on-site presentations and training,
education, video conferencing, e-mail and entertainment, is maximized in a
mobile environment, giving rise to significant demand for multimedia-capable
notebook PCs.
 
  Multimedia accelerators for desktop PCs traditionally use multiple chip
solutions involving separate DRAM and analog/logic chips. However, the non-
integrated multiple chip solution has disadvantages in the notebook PC
environment, where tolerance for power consumption, heat generation and size
is more limited, and has forced notebook PC manufacturers to compromise
multimedia performance in order to satisfy mobile system design requirements.
NeoMagic has recognized a significant opportunity to "mobilize multimedia" by
making desktop quality multimedia acceleration practical in the notebook PC
environment through the integration of large DRAM with analog and logic
circuitry on a single chip.
 
  NeoMagic's MagicGraph128 family of products ranges from accelerators
designed for notebook PCs that target cost-conscious consumers to fully-
featured multimedia systems designed for high-end notebook PCs. The Company
introduced its first MagicGraph128 product in March 1995, is currently in
production with three products and is sampling the fourth generation of its
MagicGraph128 family. NeoMagic is focused on leveraging its core competencies
in logic, analog and memory integration, graphics/video multimedia
technologies, driver and BIOS software, and power management to continue
developing solutions that facilitate the mobilization of multimedia
applications.
 
  NeoMagic has established strategic relationships with two leading DRAM
manufacturers, Mitsubishi Electric Corporation ("Mitsubishi Electric") and
Toshiba Corporation ("Toshiba"), to produce semiconductor wafers for the
Company's products. The Company has entered into five-year wafer supply
agreements with each of these companies. In each case, NeoMagic designs the
overall product, including the logic and analog circuitry, and the
manufacturing partner designs the DRAM module, manufactures the wafers and
performs memory testing and repair. Upon delivery of finished wafers by the
DRAM partner, the Company uses subcontractors to perform assembly, packaging
and final testing of its products. This manufacturing approach enables
NeoMagic to concentrate its resources on product design and development.
 
  To meet customer requirements, NeoMagic's sales and marketing personnel work
closely with customers, business partners and key industry trend setters to
define product features, performance, price, and market timing of new
products. Additionally, the Company employs a highly trained team of
application engineers to assist customers in designing, testing and qualifying
system designs that incorporate NeoMagic products. The Company's experience
has been that the depth and quality of this design support are key to
improving customers' time-to-market, maintaining a high level of customer
satisfaction and encouraging customers to utilize subsequent generations of
NeoMagic's products.
 
  The Company was incorporated in California in May 1993 and reincorporated in
Delaware in February 1997. The Company's executive offices are located at 3260
Jay Street, Santa Clara, California 95054, its telephone number at that
location is (408) 988-7020 and its Web site is located at
http://www.neomagic.com. Information contained in the Company's Web site is
not a part of this Prospectus.
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
   
  The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of 3,000,000 shares of Common
Stock being offered hereby, at an assumed initial public offering price of
$10.00 per share, are estimated to be approximately $27,000,000 (approximately
$30,255,000 if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full),
after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by the Company. The net proceeds to the Company from
the Direct Sales, if concluded, are expected to be $1,500,000. The principal
purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital, create a public
market for the Company's Common Stock and facilitate future access by the
Company to public equity markets. As of the date of this Prospectus, the
Company has no specific plans as to the use of the net proceeds of this
offering or the net proceeds from the Direct Sale. The Company ultimately
expects to use such net proceeds from this offering for general corporate
purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures. The Company
currently expects to make approximately $3.0 to $4.0 million in capital
expenditures during the next twelve months, consisting primarily of purchases
of development tools and software and personal computers. A portion of the
proceeds may also be used to acquire or invest in complementary businesses or
products or to obtain the right to use complementary technologies; however,
there are no plans, negotiations or discussions with respect to any such
transactions at the present time. Pending use of the net proceeds for the
above purposes, the Company intends to invest such funds in short-term,
interest-bearing, investment grade obligations. In the event that the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised, the Company will not receive
any proceeds from the sale of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders. See
"Risk Factors--Broad Management Discretion in Use of Proceeds."     
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
  The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on its Common
Stock or other securities. The Company currently anticipates that it will
retain all of its future earnings for use in the expansion and operation of
its business and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the
foreseeable future.
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
                                CAPITALIZATION
   
  The following table sets forth current obligations under capital leases and
the total capitalization of the Company (i) as of January 31, 1997, and (ii)
as adjusted to reflect the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of
Preferred Stock into Common Stock upon the closing of this offering and the
receipt by the Company of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of the
3,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company at an estimated
initial public offering price of $10.00 per share and after deducting
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by the Company.     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                             JANUARY 31, 1997
                                                             ------------------
                                                                          AS
                                                              ACTUAL   ADJUSTED
                                                             --------  --------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS,
                                                               EXCEPT SHARE
                                                                   DATA)
<S>                                                          <C>       <C>
Current obligations under capital leases.................... $  1,054  $ 1,054
                                                             ========  =======
Long-term obligations....................................... $  1,194  $ 1,194
Stockholders' equity:
 Noncumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, $.001 par value,
  12,868,315 shares authorized, 12,259,614 shares issued and
  outstanding, actual; 2,000,000 shares authorized, no
  shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted(1).............       12      --
 Common Stock, $.001 par value, 60,000,000 shares
  authorized, 8,072,591 shares issued and outstanding,
  actual; 23,332,205 shares issued and outstanding, as
  adjusted(1)...............................................        8       23
 Additional paid-in capital.................................   20,471   47,468
 Notes receivable from stockholders.........................     (822)    (822)
 Deferred compensation......................................   (1,889)  (1,889)
 Accumulated deficit........................................  (13,580) (13,580)
                                                             --------  -------
   Total stockholders' equity...............................    4,200   31,200
                                                             --------  -------
      Total capitalization.................................. $  5,394  $32,394
                                                             ========  =======
</TABLE>    
- --------
(1) Does not reflect the sale of any shares pursuant to the Direct Sales.
    Excludes 2,440,750 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of
    options under the Stock Plan, 316,743 shares of Common Stock issuable upon
    the exercise of warrants outstanding as of January 31, 1997, 2,427,387
    shares of Common Stock reserved for future grant under the Stock Plan as
    of January 31, 1997 and 500,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for
    issuance under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. See "Direct Sales,"
    "Management--Employee Benefit Plans" and Note 6 of Notes to Consolidated
    Financial Statements.
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
                                   DILUTION
   
  The net tangible book value of the Company as of January 31, 1997 was
$4,200,000 or $.21 per share of Common Stock. Net tangible book value per
share is determined by dividing the tangible book value of the Company (total
tangible assets less total liabilities) by the number of outstanding shares of
Common Stock at that date. After giving effect to the sale by the Company of
the 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby (based upon an assumed
initial public offering price of $10.00 per share and after deducting
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by the Company), the Company's net tangible book value at
January 31, 1997 would have been $31,200,000 or $1.34 per share. This
represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value to existing
stockholders of $1.13 per share and an immediate dilution to new public
investors of $8.66 per share. The following table illustrates the per share
dilution:     
 
<TABLE>   
   <S>                                                               <C>  <C>
   Assumed initial public offering price per share..................      $10.00
    Net tangible book value per share as of January 31, 1997........ $.21
    Increase per share attributable to new public investors......... 1.13
                                                                     ----
   Net tangible book value per share after offering.................        1.34
                                                                          ------
   Dilution per share to new public investors.......................       $8.66
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>    
 
  The following table sets forth on a pro forma basis as of January 31, 1997
the difference between the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the
Company, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by
the existing stockholders and by the new public investors (based upon an
assumed initial public offering price of $8.00 per share before deduction of
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses):
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                SHARES PURCHASED  TOTAL CONSIDERATION  AVERAGE
                               ------------------ -------------------   PRICE
                                 NUMBER   PERCENT   AMOUNT    PERCENT PER SHARE
                               ---------- ------- ----------- ------- ---------
   <S>                         <C>        <C>     <C>         <C>     <C>
   Existing stockholders(1)... 20,332,205   87.1% $18,286,914   37.9%   $ .90
   New public investors(1)....  3,000,000   12.9   30,000,000   62.1    10.00
                               ----------  -----  -----------  -----
     Total.................... 23,332,205  100.0% $48,286,914  100.0%
                               ==========  =====  ===========  =====
</TABLE>    
- --------
(1) The foregoing table does not reflect the sale of any shares pursuant to
    the Direct Sales and assumes no exercise of stock options or warrants.
    Excludes 2,440,750 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of
    options under the Stock Plan and 316,743 shares of Common Stock issuable
    upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of January 31, 1997. Such
    options and warrants were issued at a weighted average exercise price of
    $3.86 per share and $1.32 per share, respectively. In addition, as of
    January 31, 1997, an additional 2,427,387 shares of Common Stock were
    reserved for future grant under the Stock Plan. Also excluded are 500,000
    shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Employee Stock
    Purchase Plan. To the extent that any of these options or warrants are
    exercised, there will be further dilution to new public investors. See
    "Capitalization," "Management--Employee Benefit Plans" and Note 6 of Notes
    Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
                     SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
  The following selected consolidated financial data is qualified by reference
to, and should be read in conjunction with, the Company's consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
The selected balance sheet data as of January 31, 1996 and 1997 and selected
consolidated statement of operations data for each of the three years in the
period ended January 31, 1997 have been derived from and should be read in
conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company
and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected
consolidated statement of operations data for the period from May 26, 1993
(inception) through January 31, 1994 and the selected consolidated balance
sheet data as of January 31, 1994 and 1995 have been derived from audited
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto not included in this
Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                       PERIOD FROM
                                       MAY 26, 1993
                                       (INCEPTION)     FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                         THROUGH          JANUARY 31,
                                       JANUARY 31,  --------------------------
                                           1994      1995     1996      1997
                                       ------------ -------  -------  --------
                                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                    <C>          <C>      <C>      <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
Net sales............................     $ --      $   --   $   243  $ 40,792
Cost of sales........................       --          --       165    28,650
                                          -----     -------  -------  --------
Gross profit.........................       --          --        78    12,142
Operating expenses:
 Research and development............       465       2,423    4,934     8,606
 Sales, general and administrative...       308         968    1,606     6,522
 Legal costs(1)......................       --        1,500      610    (1,503)
                                          -----     -------  -------  --------
  Total operating expenses...........       773       4,891    7,150    13,625
Loss from operations.................      (773)     (4,891)  (7,072)   (1,483)
Other income (expense), net:
 Interest income and other ..........        16         194      385     1,366
 Interest expense....................       --          (94)    (182)   (1,046)
                                          -----     -------  -------  --------
  Net loss...........................     $(757)    $(4,791) $(6,869) $ (1,163)
                                          =====     =======  =======  ========
Pro forma net loss per share(2)......                                 $   (.05)
                                                                      ========
Shares used in computing pro forma
 net loss per share(2)...............                                   21,754
</TABLE>    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           JANUARY 31,
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                   1994   1995    1996   1997
                                                   ----- ------- ------ -------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>   <C>     <C>    <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents......................... $ 530 $4, 902 $6,877 $13,458
Working capital...................................   618   2,846  4,069   1,398
Total assets...................................... 1,039   5,956  8,749  27,464
Long-term obligations.............................   185     452    749   1,194
Total stockholders' equity........................   753   3,313  4,542   4,200
</TABLE>
- -------
(1) Relates to amounts provided by the Company for estimated legal fees
    associated with litigation which was dismissed in the second quarter of
    fiscal 1997. The $1.5 million benefit in legal costs during the year ended
    January 31, 1997 was due to the reversal of previously provided legal fees
    as a result of such dismissal. See Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated
    Financial Statements.
 
(2) See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
               OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
OVERVIEW
 
  NeoMagic designs, develops and markets multimedia accelerators for sale to
notebook computer manufacturers. The Company has developed the first
commercially available high performance silicon technology that integrates
large DRAM memory with analog and logic circuitry to provide a high
performance multimedia solution on a single chip. The Company's MagicGraph128
family of pin-compatible multimedia accelerators incorporates a 128-bit memory
bus. The Company believes these products enable notebook PC manufacturers to
deliver state-of-the-art multimedia capability while decreasing power
consumption, size, system design complexity and cost.
   
  Since its inception in May 1993 through the end of fiscal 1996, NeoMagic was
in the development stage and was primarily engaged in product development,
product testing and the establishment of strategic relationships with
customers and suppliers. Accordingly, the majority of the Company's operating
expenses during such period were related to research and development
activities. Since inception, the Company has incurred losses in each fiscal
year. At January 31, 1997, the Company had an accumulated deficit of
approximately $13.6 million. The Company first recognized revenue on product
sales in the first quarter of fiscal 1996. Operating results to date in fiscal
1997 have benefited from increased market acceptance of the Company's
products. The Company generally recognizes revenue at the time of product
shipment. Although the Company has made no sales to distributors to date, the
Company's policy is to defer recognition of revenue on shipments to
distributors until the product is sold by such distributors.     
 
  All of the Company's net sales in fiscal 1996 and 1997 were derived from
sales of its multimedia accelerator products, and the Company expects this
trend to continue for the foreseeable future. Historically, a majority of the
Company's sales have been to a limited number of customers. Sales to the
Company's top five customers accounted for 100% and 79.7% of the Company's net
sales for fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997, respectively. The Company expects that
a substantial portion of sales of its products will continue to be to a
limited number of customers for the foreseeable future. The customers
contributing significant amounts of net sales have varied and will continue to
vary depending on the timing and success of new product introductions by such
customers.
 
  Export sales are a critical part of the Company's business. Sales to
customers located outside the United States (including sales to foreign
operations of customers headquartered in the United States and foreign system
manufacturers who sell to United States-based OEMs) accounted for 90.0% and
96.2% of the Company's net sales for fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997,
respectively. The Company expects that the net sales derived from purchases by
international customers will continue to represent a significant portion of
its total net sales. All of the Company's sales are denominated in United
States dollars.
 
  The Company's products require semiconductor wafers manufactured with state-
of-the-art fabrication equipment and technology. NeoMagic has established
strategic relationships with Mitsubishi Electric and Toshiba to produce its
semiconductor wafers and uses other independent contractors to perform
assembly, packaging and testing. The Company's relationships with Mitsubishi
Electric and Toshiba were recently formalized in separate five year wafer
supply agreements. NeoMagic does not expect that a significant portion of the
Company's wafer requirements will be met by Toshiba before calendar 1998.
These relationships enable the Company to concentrate its resources on product
design and development, where NeoMagic believes it has greater competitive
advantages, and to eliminate the high cost of owning and operating a
semiconductor wafer fabrication facility. The Company depends on these
suppliers to allocate to the Company a portion of their manufacturing capacity
sufficient to meet the Company's needs, to produce products of acceptable
quality and at acceptable manufacturing yields and to deliver those products
to the Company on a timely basis. The Company purchases wafers, not die, and
pays an agreed price for wafers meeting certain acceptance criteria. All of
the Company's products are assembled and tested by independent vendors. To
date, all of the Company's wafer purchases, which constitute a significant
part of its cost of goods sold, have been priced in Japanese yen. As a
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
result, exchange rate fluctuations can affect the Company's gross margin. The
Company has in the past hedged its exposure to fluctuations in the exchange
rate between the Japanese yen and the United States dollar by purchasing
forward contracts and may continue to do so in the future.
 
  Under its wafer supply agreements with Mitsubishi Electric and Toshiba, the
Company is obligated to provide rolling 12-month forecasts of anticipated
purchases and place binding purchase orders four months prior to shipment. If
the Company cancels a purchase order, the Company must pay cancellation
penalties based on the status of work in process or the proximity of the
cancellation to the delivery date. Forecasts of monthly purchases may not
increase or decrease by more than a certain percentage from the previous
month's forecast without the manufacturer's consent. Thus, the Company must
make forecasts and place purchase orders for wafers long before it receives
purchase orders from its own customers. This limits the Company's ability to
react to fluctuations in demand for its products, which can be unexpected and
dramatic and from time-to-time will cause the Company to have an excess or a
shortage of wafers for a particular product, which could cause the Company to
take charges for excess inventory or miss revenue opportunities.
 
  Prior to fiscal 1997, the Company was primarily engaged in research and
development and testing of its products. Accordingly, the majority of its
operating expenses were related to research and development activities. In
fiscal 1997, in connection with the commencement of commercial sales of its
products, the Company accelerated its investment in sales, marketing,
manufacturing and administrative infrastructures. The Company expects to
continue to devote substantial resources to research and development efforts.
All of the Company's research and development costs have been expensed as
incurred.
 
  The Company's fiscal year end is January 31. Any reference herein to a
fiscal year refers to the year ended January 31 of such year.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  FISCAL YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
 
  Net Sales. Through fiscal 1995, the Company had no sales. Net sales for
fiscal 1996 and 1997 were $243,000 and $40.8 million, respectively. Prior to
fiscal 1997, the Company was in the development stage, primarily engaging in
product development, product testing, and the establishment of strategic
relationships with customers and suppliers. The substantial increase in net
sales from fiscal 1996 to 1997 was due to increased market acceptance of the
Company's products, the introduction by the Company of additional products in
its MagicGraph128 product family which expanded the portion of the market
addressed by NeoMagic's products, and the Company's investment in sales and
marketing personnel and activities. Although the Company achieved substantial
net sales growth between fiscal 1996 and 1997, the Company does not expect to
sustain this rate of sequential annual growth in future periods. The Company
expects that the average prices of its products will decline over the
respective lives of such products.
   
  Gross Profit. Gross profit was $78,000 and $12.1 million for fiscal 1996 and
1997, respectively. The increase in gross profit from fiscal 1996 to fiscal
1997 was the result of the increase in net sales. The Company's future gross
profit will be affected by the overall level of sales, the mix of products
sold in a period, manufacturing yields and the Company's ability to reduce
product costs.     
   
  Research and Development. Research and development expenses include
compensation and associated costs relating to development personnel, operating
system software costs, and prototyping costs which are comprised of photomask
costs and pre-production wafer costs. Research and development expenses were
$2.4 million, $4.9 million and $8.6 million for fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997,
respectively. The increases reflect increased personnel costs associated with
a general expansion in the Company's research and development activities and
higher prototype expenses. Research and development expenses as a percentage
of net sales declined substantially year to year due primarily to increases in
net sales. The market for the Company's products     
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
is characterized by frequent new product introductions and rapidly changing
technology and industry standards. As a result, the Company's success will
depend to a substantial degree upon its ability to develop and introduce in a
timely fashion new products, and enhancements to its existing products, that
meet changing customer requirements and emerging industry standards.
Accordingly, the Company expects to continue to make substantial investments
in research and development and anticipates that research and development
expenses will increase in absolute dollars in future periods.
   
  Sales, General and Administrative. Sales, general and administrative
expenses were $968,000, $1.6 million and $6.5 million for fiscal 1995, 1996
and 1997, respectively. The increase from fiscal 1995 to 1996 resulted from
the addition of personnel in sales, marketing, and manufacturing
administration. The increase from fiscal 1996 to 1997 was due to increased
sales, marketing and administrative personnel and commission expense
associated with commencement of volume sales. Sales, general and
administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales declined substantially
year to year due primarily to increases in net sales. The Company expects
sales, general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars in
future periods due to additional staffing in its marketing, sales and
administrative departments, continued expansion of its international
operations, and additional expenses related to being a public company.     
 
  Legal Costs. Legal costs consist of amounts provided by the Company for
estimated legal fees associated with the litigation with Cirrus Logic, which
was dismissed in the second quarter of fiscal 1997. In fiscal 1995, the
Company accrued $1.5 million for such legal costs. In fiscal 1996, an
additional accrual of $610,000 was recorded by the Company. In fiscal 1997,
based on the dismissal of such litigation, the remaining reserve balance of
$1.5 million was reversed. The settlement which gave rise to the dismissal did
not involve cash payments, but did include a non-solicitation provision and
certain contingent cross licensing provisions. The Company does not believe
that such settlement will have a material adverse effect on the Company's
future operations. See Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
  Other Income (Expense), Net. The Company incurs interest expense on
borrowings under the Company's working capital line of credit and on lease
obligations used to finance certain equipment. The Company earns interest on
its cash and short-term investments. Other income (expense), net was $100,000,
$203,000, and $320,000 for fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The
increase in other income (expense), net between fiscal 1995 and 1996 was due
to interest income on higher cash balances maintained during fiscal 1996. The
increase in other income (expense), net from fiscal 1996 to fiscal 1997 was
due to approximately $1.0 million in proceeds received for non-recurring
engineering services performed by NeoMagic, in addition to interest income
resulting from higher cash balances. Other income in fiscal 1997 was partially
offset by higher interest expense resulting from borrowings under the
Company's working capital line and additional lease obligations used to
finance certain equipment purchases. The Company does not anticipate
generating income from engineering services on a regular basis, if at all, in
future periods.
 
  Provision for Income Taxes. The Company recorded no provision for federal or
state income taxes during fiscal 1995, 1996 or 1997. The Company expects to
record a provision for income taxes in fiscal 1998, the amount of which will
depend on several factors, including the availability of net operating loss
carryforwards, research and development tax credits and the portion of the
Company's business conducted through non-United States subsidiaries. As of
January 31, 1997, the Company had available net operating loss carryforwards
for federal and state tax purposes of approximately $13.2 million and $4.8
million, respectively. The Company's ability to utilize its net operating
losses may be limited in the future due to a deemed change of control as a
result of this offering. See Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
  QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  The following table sets forth the consolidated statements of operations
data, both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of net sales, for each of
the four quarters during the fiscal year ended January 31, 1997. This
information has been derived from the Company's unaudited consolidated
financial statements. In management's opinion, this unaudited information has
been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial
statements appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus, and includes all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a
fair presentation thereof. The unaudited quarterly information should be read
in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements of NeoMagic
and the notes thereto included elsewhere herein. The growth in net sales and
improvement in operating results experienced by the Company in recent quarters
are not necessarily indicative of future results. In addition, in light of the
significant growth in the recent year, NeoMagic believes that period-to-period
comparisons of its financial results should not be relied upon as an
indication of future performance.
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                    ---------------------------------------------
                                    APRIL 30,  JULY 31,   OCTOBER 31, JANUARY 31,
                                      1996       1996        1996        1997
                                    ---------  --------   ----------- -----------
                                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                 <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
 OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales.........................   $ 3,520   $ 5,954      $15,035     $16,283
Cost of sales.....................     2,818     5,485        9,994      10,353
                                     -------   -------      -------     -------
Gross profit......................       702       469        5,041       5,930
Operating expenses:
 Research and development.........     2,009     1,667        2,250       2,680
 Sales, general and
  administrative..................       996     1,553        1,950       2,023
 Legal costs......................       --     (1,503)         --          --
                                     -------   -------      -------     -------
    Total operating expenses......     3,005     1,717        4,200       4,703
                                     -------   -------      -------     -------
Income (loss) from operations.....    (2,303)   (1,248)         841       1,227
Other income (expense), net:
 Interest income and other........     1,076        75           42         173
 Interest expense.................      (160)     (210)        (316)       (360)
                                     -------   -------      -------     -------
    Net income (loss).............   $(1,387)  $(1,383)     $   567     $ 1,040
                                     =======   =======      =======     =======
Pro forma net income (loss) per
share.............................   $  (.06)  $  (.06)     $   .03     $   .05
                                     =======   =======      =======     =======
Shares used in computing pro forma
 net income (loss) per share......    21,877    21,850       22,087      22,005
AS A PERCENTAGE OF NET SALES:
Net sales.........................     100.0%    100.0%       100.0%      100.0%
Cost of sales.....................      80.0      92.1         66.5        63.6
                                     -------   -------      -------     -------
Gross profit......................      20.0       7.9         33.5        36.4
Operating expenses:
 Research and development.........      57.1      28.0         15.0        16.5
 Sales, general and
  administrative..................      28.3      26.1         13.0        12.4
 Legal costs......................       --      (25.2)         --          --
                                     -------   -------      -------     -------
    Total operating expenses......      85.4      28.9         28.0        28.9
                                     -------   -------      -------     -------
Income (loss) from operations.....     (65.4)    (21.0)         5.5         7.5
Other income (expense), net:
 Interest income and other........      30.6       1.3           .3         1.1
 Interest expense.................      (4.5)     (3.5)        (2.1)       (2.2)
                                     -------   -------      -------     -------
    Net income (loss).............     (39.3)%   (23.2)%        3.7%        6.4%
                                     =======   =======      =======     =======
</TABLE>    
 
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
  Net Sales. Net sales were $3.5 million, $6.0 million, $15.0 million and
$16.3 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of fiscal 1997,
respectively. The Company's net sales increased from quarter to quarter during
fiscal 1997 due to a number of factors, including increased market acceptance
of the Company's products, introduction by the Company of additional products
in its MagicGraph128 product family which expanded the portion of the market
addressed by NeoMagic's products, and the Company's investment in sales and
marketing personnel and activities.
   
  Gross Profit. Gross profit was $702,000, $469,000, $5.0 million and $5.9
million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of fiscal 1997,
respectively. The gross profit in the second quarter was negatively impacted
by costs stemming from a design error for which the Company recorded a $1.2
million reserve in the second quarter. The impact of the design error was
almost entirely offset by increased sales and a decrease in product costs. The
increase in gross profit between the second and third quarters resulted
primarily from an increase in sales and, to a lesser extent, lower product
costs offset in part by a charge of $750,000 for excess inventory. The
increase in gross profit between the third and fourth quarters resulted from,
to approximately the same extent, an increase in sales and lower product
costs, offset in part by a charge of $750,000 for additional excess inventory.
    
   
  Research and Development. Research and development expenses were $2.0
million, $1.7 million, $2.3 million and $2.7 million for the first, second,
third and fourth quarters of fiscal 1997, respectively. The higher research
and development costs in the first, third and fourth quarters of fiscal 1997
were primarily the result of timing of prototyping costs. Research and
development expenses for the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997 also included
additional compensation related accruals. The remainder of the fluctuations in
research and development expenses between the quarters resulted primarily from
additional engineering personnel and associated costs as the Company continued
to devote substantial resources to research and development efforts. Research
and development expenses as a percentage of net sales declined substantially
in each of the first three quarters of fiscal 1997 due primarily to the
quarter-to-quarter increases in net sales.     
   
  Sales, General and Administrative. Sales, general and administrative
expenses were $1.0 million, $1.6 million, $2.0 million and $2.0 million for
the first, second, third and fourth quarters of fiscal 1997, respectively.
These increases were due to the addition of sales, marketing, finance and
administration personnel and increased commission expenses associated with
increased sales levels. Sales, general and administrative expenses for the
fourth quarter of fiscal 1997 also included additional compensation-related
accruals.     
 
  Legal Costs.  The benefit in legal costs of $1.5 million in the second
quarter of fiscal 1997 was due to the reversal of a reserve balance of
previously estimated legal costs. See Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.
 
  Other Income (Expense), Net. Other income (expense), net was $916,000,
$(135,000), $(274,000) and $(187,000) for the first, second, third and fourth
quarters of fiscal 1997, respectively. Other income in the first quarter was
primarily attributable to $1.0 million in revenue from non-recurring
engineering services. Such services consisted primarily of consulting services
and allowing a customer access to certain technology, previously developed by
the Company for its own use, to construct complex logic. The Company does not
expect such engineering services to be provided on a regular basis, if at all,
in future periods. Therefore, the Company has classified such revenues in
other income. The decrease in other income, net from the second to the third
quarter resulted primarily from higher interest expense related to the
increase in the amounts outstanding under the working capital line. The
decrease in other income (expense), net between the third and fourth quarters
resulted from interest income related to higher cash balances partially offset
by higher interest expense for the fourth quarter.
 
  NeoMagic's quarterly and annual results of operations are affected by a
variety of factors that could materially and adversely affect net sales, gross
profit and income from operations. These factors include, among others, demand
for the Company's products; changes in product or customer mix; fluctuations
in manufacturing yields; incorrect forecasting of future revenues;
availability and cost of manufacturing capacity; unanticipated delays or
problems in the introduction or performance of the Company's next generation
of products; the Company's ability to introduce new products in accordance
with OEM design requirements and design cycles;
 
                                      23
<PAGE>
 
market acceptance of the products of the Company's customers; changes in the
timing of product orders due to unexpected delays in the introduction of
products of the Company's customers or due to the life cycles of such
customers' products ending earlier than anticipated; new product announcements
or product introductions by NeoMagic's competitors; competitive pressures
resulting in lower selling prices; the volume of orders that are received and
can be fulfilled in a quarter; the rescheduling or cancellation of orders by
customers which cannot be replaced with orders from other customers; supply
constraints for the other components incorporated into its customers' notebook
PC products; foreign exchange rate fluctuations; the unanticipated loss of any
strategic relationship; seasonality associated with the tendency of PC sales
to increase in the second half of each calendar year; the level of
expenditures for research and development and sales, general and
administrative functions of the Company; costs associated with future
litigation; and costs associated with protecting the Company's intellectual
property. Any one or more of these factors could result in the Company failing
to achieve its expectations as to future revenues. The Company may be unable
to adjust spending sufficiently in a timely manner to compensate for any
unexpected sales shortfall, which could materially adversely affect quarterly
operating results. Accordingly, the Company believes that period-to-period
comparisons of its operating results should not be relied upon as an
indication of future performance. In addition, the results of any quarterly
period are not indicative of results to be expected for a full fiscal year. In
certain future quarters, the Company's operating results may be below the
expectations of public market analysts or investors. In such event, the market
price of the Common Stock would be materially adversely affected.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
   
  Since inception, the Company has financed its operations primarily through
private sales of convertible preferred stock (raising net proceeds of
approximately $16.9 million) through borrowings from Mitsubishi International
Corporation ("Mitsubishi International"), under a working capital revolving
credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement") and through equipment leases.
Through January 31, 1997 the Company had purchased a total of approximately
$5.1 million of capital assets, a portion of which was purchased through lease
lines. The Company currently has no commitments for significant additional
capital expenditures. As of January 31, 1997, the Company had an accumulated
deficit of $13.6 million.     
 
  The Company's principal sources of liquidity as of January 31, 1997
consisted of $13.5 million in cash and cash equivalents and the Credit
Agreement. The Credit Agreement is used to finance wafer inventory purchases.
The Credit Agreement provides for 90 day extended credit terms totaling $15.0
million, with a compensating balance requirement for balances in excess of
$12.0 million. As of January 31, 1997, the Company had borrowings of $14.2
million under the Credit Agreement. For periods prior to January 1997, the
interest rate under the Credit Agreement was based on Mitsubishi
International's internal interest rate, which was required to be at least 1.5%
below the prime rate on the date of the invoice, generally approximately 30
days after the Company's receipt of the wafers. The Company also paid a
commission of 1.25% to 2.00% of its wafer purchases to Mitsubishi
International, based on the lending level under the Credit Agreement during
the prior calendar quarter. The Credit Agreement has been amended to provide
(i) that effective January 1997 Mitsubishi International's sole compensation
for the financing of wafer purchases from Mitsubishi Electric will be a
commission of 1.75% of such wafer purchases and (ii) for 60-day extended
credit terms. The term of the Credit Agreement expires on November 20, 1997,
subject to automatic extensions thereafter from year to year unless a notice
is given by either party. Under the terms of the Credit Agreement Mitsubishi
International maintains a security interest in all of the Company's inventory,
cash and investments, and accounts and notes receivable. See Note 3 of Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
  Net cash used in operating activities was $2.7 million in fiscal 1995 and
$6.4 million in fiscal 1996. This increase was primarily due to an increase of
approximately $2.1 million in net loss, which resulted primarily from
increased research and development activities, and $1.7 million of changes in
operating asset and liability accounts for fiscal 1996. Net cash used in
operating activities for fiscal 1997 was approximately $3.1 million which
resulted from substantial investments in inventories and accounts receivable
as sales levels increased during that period, offset partially by a reduction
in net loss and an increase in accounts payable.
 
 
                                      24
<PAGE>
 
  Net cash used for investing activities was $900,000, $700,000 and $3.1
million for fiscal years 1995, 1996, and 1997, respectively, representing
investments in plant, property, and equipment. The Company currently expects
to make approximately $3.0 to $4.0 million in capital expenditures during the
next twelve months, consisting primarily of purchases of development tools and
software and personal computers. The timing and amount of future capital
expenditures will depend primarily on the growth of the Company's future
revenues.
 
  Net cash provided by financing activities in fiscal 1995 and fiscal 1996 was
$8.0 million and $9.1 million, primarily representing private equity financing
of $7.3 million and $8.0 million, respectively, in addition to proceeds from
sale leaseback transactions. Net cash provided by financing activities for
fiscal 1997 was $12.8 million, representing net funding from the Credit
Agreement of $13.8 million and proceeds from sale leaseback transactions,
offset by $2.2 million held as restricted cash equivalents under the Credit
Agreement. See Notes 3 and 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
  The Company requires substantial working capital to fund its business,
particularly to finance inventories and accounts receivable. The Company
believes that the net proceeds of this offering, together with its existing
capital resources, will be sufficient to meet the Company's capital
requirements through the next 12 months, although the Company could be
required, or could elect, to seek to raise additional capital during such
period. The Company's future capital requirements will depend on many factors,
including the rate of net sales growth, the timing and extent of spending to
support research and development programs and expansion of sales and
marketing, the timing of introductions of new products and enhancements to
existing products, and market acceptance of the Company's products. The
Company expects that it may need to raise additional equity or debt financing
in the future. There can be no assurance that additional equity or debt
financing, if required, will be available on acceptable terms or at all. See
"Risk Factors--Need for Additional Capital."
 
 
                                      25
<PAGE>
 
                                   BUSINESS
   
  The Company designs, develops and markets multimedia accelerators for sale
to notebook PC manufacturers. The Company, based on its knowledge of and
experience in the industry, believes it has developed the first commercially
available high performance silicon technology that integrates large DRAM
memory with analog and logic circuitry to provide multimedia solutions on a
single chip. The Company's MagicGraph128 family of pin-compatible, multimedia
accelerator products incorporates a 128-bit memory bus. The Company believes
these products enable notebook PC manufacturers to deliver state-of-the-art
multimedia capability while decreasing power consumption, size, weight, system
design complexity and cost. Eight of the world's ten largest notebook PC
manufacturers have designed or are designing notebook PCs to include
MagicGraph128 products. MagicGraph128 products are currently used in notebook
PCs sold by Acer, Compaq, Dell, Digital Equipment, Fujitsu, Hewlett-Packard,
Hitachi, Mitsubishi, NEC, Sharp and Texas Instruments. NeoMagic sells its
products either directly to these companies or to subcontractors of such
companies.     
 
  NeoMagic's MagicGraph128 family of products ranges from accelerators
designed for notebook PCs that target cost-conscious consumers to fully-
featured multimedia systems designed for high-end notebook PCs. The Company
introduced its first MagicGraph128 product in March 1995, is currently in
production with three products and is now sampling the fourth generation of
its MagicGraph128 product family. NeoMagic has established strategic
relationships with Mitsubishi Electric and Toshiba to produce semiconductor
wafers for the Company's products. Pursuant to these strategic relationships,
NeoMagic designs the overall product, including the logic and analog
circuitry, and the manufacturing partner designs the DRAM module, manufactures
the wafers and performs memory testing and repair. NeoMagic is focused on
leveraging its core competencies in logic, analog and memory integration,
graphics/video multimedia technologies, driver and BIOS software, and power
management to continue developing solutions that facilitate the mobilization
of multimedia applications.
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
  Advances in the multimedia capabilities and features of PCs and software
applications over the past decade have fueled the demand for PCs and helped
make the PC an integral part of everyday life. Graphical user interface
technology, which proliferated in the early 1990s with the introduction of the
Microsoft Windows operating system, provided a more intuitive environment for
PC users than traditional character-based interfaces and opened the power of
the PC to a broader audience of users. Improvements in the ability of PCs to
process graphics, video and audio are enabling the production of applications
that deliver compelling multimedia content, enhancing the usefulness of the PC
as a platform for work, entertainment, communication and collaboration. The
effectiveness of multimedia for many applications, such as on-site
presentations and training, education, video conferencing, e-mail and
entertainment, is maximized in a mobile environment, giving rise to
significant demand for multimedia-capable notebook PCs.
 
  Fueled by the continued globalization of businesses, the proliferation of
client/server computing and the Internet, the growing number of mobile
professionals, combined with the pervasive use of multimedia, the notebook PC
market has emerged as a rapidly growing market segment. The benefits of being
able to work, interact, instruct, learn and play "off the desktop" at any time
and any place have increased the demand for notebook computing solutions. A
leading industry analyst estimated in Fall 1996 that approximately 12 million
notebook PCs would be shipped in 1996 and that 23 million units will be
shipped in the year 2000.
 
  Multimedia applications require the storage, processing and display of
enormous streams of data. As a result, multimedia PCs have evolved to
incorporate higher capacity storage and system memory, faster microprocessors,
improved specialized multimedia accelerators and higher quality displays.
However, due to the constraints imposed by the mobile form factor--the need
for low power consumption, small size, low weight, favorable thermal
characteristics and low cost, among others--the multimedia capabilities of
notebook PCs have lagged those of desktop computers. This has limited the
effectiveness of multimedia applications in notebook PCs.
 
Multimedia Acceleration Technology
 
  A multimedia accelerator for graphics and video is a specialized subsystem
that offloads display and rendering functions from the PC's microprocessor,
enabling the CPU to devote more cycles to running
 
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
applications and improving the system's overall performance. The traditional
approaches to designing a multimedia accelerator subsystem have involved a
multiple chip solution consisting of a logic/analog chip (controller) and
separate DRAM memory chips (frame buffer memory). The performance of the
accelerator depends primarily on the memory bandwidth (measured in megabytes
per second), which is the rate at which data can be transferred between the
controller and the frame buffer memory. Memory bandwidth can be increased by
using a wider data bus between the controller and the frame buffer memory
(i.e., the data is passed in bigger blocks between the chips), and/or a faster
clock speed in the multimedia accelerator. During the last decade, designers
of multimedia accelerators for desktop PCs have increased memory bandwidth
through both of these approaches, widening the memory bus from 8 bits to 128
bits and implementing faster clocks.
 
  Many of the design approaches that have been used to improve multimedia
accelerator performance for desktop PCs are suboptimal for notebook PCs. In a
conventional multimedia accelerator architecture, where memory and logic are
not integrated, the implementation of a wider bus requires the use of more
input/output ("I/O") pins between the controller and the frame buffer memory
chips. Since the transfer of data through I/O pins is a power intensive
process, increasing the number of I/O pins dramatically increases power
consumption and heat generation, which decreases battery life in notebook PCs
and may entail the addition of a costly and bulky heat sink. Increasing the
number of I/O pins also increases both the size of the chip packages and the
size of the board area needed for the interconnections, as well as increasing
system complexity and cost. Similar to the addition of I/O pins, the use of a
faster system clock to increase memory bandwidth results in greater power
consumption, heat generation and a more complex system design. As a
consequence, designers of multimedia accelerators for notebook PCs do not have
the same flexibility as designers for desktop PCs to increase the
accelerator's memory bandwidth through the use of additional I/O pins or a
faster clock.
 
  To fully mobilize multimedia, the Company believes notebook PC manufacturers
require a new approach for developing multimedia accelerators which delivers
higher performance while minimizing power consumption and system size, weight,
complexity and cost.
 
NEOMAGIC SOLUTION
 
  NeoMagic has pioneered a new technology to provide multimedia semiconductor
solutions for notebook PCs which overcome the limitations of traditional
architectures. This integrated solution, called "MagicWare" (Memory, Analog
and loGIC WARE) is the first commercially available high performance silicon
technology that integrates large DRAM memory with analog and logic circuitry
on a single chip. Using this technology, the Company has developed its first
product line: the MagicGraph128 family of pin-compatible, multimedia
(graphics, text and video) accelerators incorporating a 128-bit memory bus.
These products provide state-of-the-art multimedia capability while decreasing
power consumption, size and system design complexity. The Company introduced
its first MagicGraph128 product in March 1995, is currently in production with
three products and is sampling the fourth generation of its MagicGraph128
product family.
 
  The Company's MagicGraph128 products provide the following important
advantages to notebook PC manufacturers and to end users:
 
  Higher Performance. The Company believes that its MagicGraph128 products
provide the widest commercially available memory bus for notebook PC
multimedia accelerators. The Company's current products use a 128-bit memory
bus as compared to conventional multiple chip solutions which have generally
used 32-bit buses and are migrating to 64-bit buses. The Company's technology
enables faster and smoother output of graphics, video and animation while
maintaining high color depth to increase user productivity and improve the
user experience.
 
  Lower Power Consumption. By integrating large DRAM with analog and logic
circuitry on a single chip, MagicGraph128 products eliminate the power-
consuming I/O pins used in conventional architectures for connections between
the logic/analog chip and the DRAM memory chips. The Company believes that, by
eliminating these I/O pins and using other advanced power management
techniques, the MagicGraph128 products consume approximately one-quarter of
the power used by conventional accelerators with equivalent feature sets,
potentially extending battery life.
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
  Reduced Size and Weight. The MagicGraph128 single chip solution has a
smaller footprint than conventional multiple chip solutions and eliminates the
need for interconnections between chips, enabling the system manufacturer to
reduce board size and, in some cases, to eliminate boards or to add other
features for increased functionality without increasing board size. The
Company believes that MagicGraph128 products also can reduce the size and
weight of the notebook PC by allowing the manufacturer to use fewer or smaller
batteries and, in some cases, by eliminating the need for a heat sink.
 
  Lower Complexity and Improved Reliability of Notebook PC System. The
Company's MagicGraph128 products can reduce design complexity of both the
multimedia system and of the entire notebook PC by reducing the number of
chips and interconnections, creating less heat and reducing electro-magnetic
interference ("EMI"). The Company believes that, as a result, the Company's
products can reduce system design time and simplify the manufacturing process,
and thereby enable notebook PC manufacturers to produce more reliable systems
and reduce time-to-market.
 
  Lower System Cost. The MagicGraph128 products can lower the overall system
cost of notebook PCs by reducing the number of chips required for the
multimedia accelerator system, typically resulting in lower assembly and
printed circuit board costs, and in certain cases eliminating the need for
heat sinks. The decreased number of I/O pins also reduces the number of
soldered connections, which the Company believes can increase system
manufacturing yield. The reduction in power consumption can also save costs by
requiring lower capacity batteries to achieve the desired battery life.
 
  System Upgradability. The Company's technology enables the Company to
provide single chip, pin-compatible products with different amounts of
embedded memory, thereby enabling notebook PC manufacturers to design product
upgrades without redesigning printed circuit boards. By comparison, increasing
the DRAM capacity of conventional multimedia systems typically requires adding
board space, increasing pin count and changing board design. The Company
believes that providing a pin-compatible product family enhances its ability
to achieve design wins through multiple product cycles, lowers system
manufacturers' design and support costs and improves customers' time to
market.
 
STRATEGY
 
  NeoMagic's goal is to be a leading global supplier of multimedia
semiconductor solutions for the notebook PC market. The Company's strategy for
mobilizing multimedia includes the following elements:
 
  Maintain Leadership in Providing Multimedia Accelerator Solutions for
Notebook PCs. The Company believes that its MagicGraph128 products are the
first commercially available multimedia accelerators that integrate large DRAM
memory with analog and logic circuitry on a single chip. NeoMagic is focused
on leveraging and building its core competencies in logic, analog and memory
integration, graphics/video multimedia technologies, driver and BIOS software,
and power management to continue developing solutions that facilitate the
mobilization of multimedia applications both in the notebook PC market and
eventually in other mobile product markets. The Company is currently sampling
its fourth generation MagicGraph128 product.
   
  Cultivate Long Term Relationships with Leading Notebook PC Companies. The
Company seeks to establish close relationships with the world's leading
notebook PC companies. The Company has achieved design wins with eight of the
world's ten largest notebook PC manufacturers, and its MagicGraph128 products
are currently used in notebook PCs sold by Acer, Compaq, Dell, Digital
Equipment, Fujitsu, Hewlett-P     ackard, Hitachi, Mitsubishi, NEC, Sharp and
Texas Instruments. NeoMagic sells its products either directly to these
   
companies or to subcontractors of such companies. Long term relationships with
its customers and partners enhance the Company's ability to anticipate the
needs of its target markets and develop products that meet those needs in a
timely manner. The Company's strategy includes adding additional OEM companies
to its customer portfolio and enhancing its record of notebook PC design wins.
    
  Establish Strategic Relationships with World-Class DRAM Partners. The
Company established a strategic relationship with Mitsubishi Electric in early
calendar 1994, and Mitsubishi Electric has manufactured all of the
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
wafers for the Company's products to date. In January 1997, the Company
formalized its strategic relationship with Mitsubishi Electric in a five-year
wafer supply agreement. The Company has also established a strategic
relationship with Toshiba which has been formalized in a five-year wafer
supply agreement, and the Company expects that Toshiba will begin
manufacturing wafers for one of the Company's future products in the second
half of calendar 1997. The Company's DRAM partners design the DRAM portions of
the products, manufacture the wafers for the Company's products and perform
testing and repairs. These strategic relationships enable the Company to
benefit from its partners' standard DRAM design rules and manufacturing
processes and to accelerate product development by leveraging its partners'
technology expertise.
 
  Extend Core Technology to Address New Market Opportunities. The Company
believes its MagicWare technology may be extended to a variety of other
applications. The Company intends to investigate opportunities to apply its
MagicWare technology to other product applications both inside and outside the
PC market. Potential applications being examined by the Company include mass
storage, communication and consumer devices, such as DVDs and Internet
appliances.
 
MARKETS AND PRODUCTS
 
  The Company sells its products to notebook PC OEMs as well as to third-party
subsystem manufacturers who design and manufacture notebook PCs on behalf of
the brand name OEMs. Eight of the world's ten largest notebook PC
manufacturers have designed or are designing notebook PCs to include
MagicGraph128 products. MagicGraph128 products are currently used in notebook
PCs sold by the following companies:
 
                     Acer                     Hitachi
                     Compaq                   Mitsubishi
                     Dell                     NEC
                     Digital Equipment        Sharp
                     Fujitsu                  Texas Instruments
                     Hewlett-Packard
 
  The Company sells the MagicGraph128 line of pin-compatible 128-bit
multimedia accelerators for notebook PCs. Each product integrates large DRAM
with analog and logic circuitry on a single 176-pin chip. The MagicGraph128
family of products ranges from accelerators designed for notebook PCs that
target cost-conscious consumers to fully-featured multimedia systems designed
for high-end notebook PCs. The following table sets forth information with
respect to each of the Company's first four products:
 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          MEMORY
        PRODUCT         PRODUCT STATUS     SIZE              KEY NEW FEATURES
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    <S>              <C>                  <C>     <C>
    MagicGraph128    Volume production    7Mbits  128-bit multimedia accelerator
                     Feb 1996                     Active and passive LCD panel interface
                                                  18 bit RAMDAC
                                                  Less than 500mW power dissipation
                                                  800x600 resolution with 256 colors
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MagicGraph128V   Volume production    9Mbits  Video acceleration for MPEG playback
                     June 1996                    24-bit RAMDAC
                                                  800x600 resolution with 64,000 colors
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MagicGraph128ZV  Volume production    9Mbits  Zoom Video port for live video capture
                     September 1996               TV output support
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    MagicGraph128XD  Prototypes available 16Mbits Bus master for 3D/video acceleration
                     November 1996                Spread spectrum EMI suppression
                                                  1024x768 resolution with 64,000 colors
</TABLE>
 
 
  MagicGraph128. The Company believes that the MagicGraph128, its first
product, is the industry's first 128-bit, single-chip graphics accelerator for
notebook computers. The MagicGraph128 provides high
 
                                      29
<PAGE>
 
performance graphics for mainstream business and consumer notebooks while
decreasing power consumption, size, system design complexity and cost. The
Company has sold over 450,000 units of this product since volume production
commenced in February 1996.
 
  MagicGraph128V. The MagicGraph128V builds on the capabilities of the
MagicGraph128 by adding support for more colors and full-motion video.
Optimized for mobile business professionals who perform multimedia
presentations with sound and motion, the MagicGraph128V provides MPEG playback
with full screen and full motion video at 30 frames per second with true
color.
 
  MagicGraph128ZV. The MagicGraph128ZV adds zoom video capability (for
capturing and displaying TV or video images) and television output capability
to the MagicGraph128V. The MagicGraph128ZV provides a fully-featured
multimedia solution for mid-range and high-end notebook PCs with 800x600 LCD
displays.
 
  MagicGraph128XD. By offering higher display resolutions, a larger number of
displayable colors, and higher performance, the MagicGraph128XD is designed to
provide desktop-replacement capabilities to high-end notebooks. The
MagicGraph128XD is designed to deliver performance enhancements for Microsoft
Direct3D. These enhancements accelerate animation, games and business
applications utilizing 3D in a Windows environment.
 
TECHNOLOGY
 
  NeoMagic has pioneered MagicWare (Memory, Analog and loGIC WARE) technology
which integrates large DRAM with analog and logic circuitry on a single chip.
This integration represents a challenging problem because DRAM and logic
design and process technologies have evolved along different paths over the
past 15 years. DRAM process technology has been driven primarily by the need
for high density memory storage while logic process technology has been driven
primarily by the need to achieve greater speed and metal interconnect density.
As a result, a typical 16 Mbit DRAM process features densely packed,
relatively slow transistors with two layers of metal interconnect, while the
typical logic process utilizes a less dense configuration of relatively fast
transistors with three or more layers of metal interconnect. In addition,
DRAMs are characterized by a relatively high degree of electrical noise
compared to logic and analog circuits due to the sharp peaks in power demand
from the charging and synchronous discharging of large capacitances associated
with the data lines of DRAM memory cells. High levels of electrical noise tend
to disrupt the behavior and performance of analog circuits that share the same
silicon substrate with the DRAM.
 
  The Company has focused on overcoming the difficulties of integrating large
DRAM with analog and logic circuitry by selecting manufacturing partners with
the most suitable DRAM process technology and by developing proprietary
technology in the following areas:
 
  Performance. NeoMagic's embedded DRAM system architectures are designed to
optimize system performance and to scale performance as memory bandwidth
increases through process and architectural enhancements to the DRAM module
designs. NeoMagic has worked closely with Mitsubishi Electric to modify
Mitsubishi Electric's proven 16 Mbit DRAM designs to generate a 128-bit wide,
high bandwidth memory bus that delivers high performance capture and display
of multimedia data streams, as well as 2D and 3D graphics. The Company has
developed significant expertise in matching processing engine data paths,
buffer depth and width and arbitration schemes to the available memory
bandwidth, as well as in making system level (hardware and software) tradeoffs
to place hardware in the processing engine to balance the utilization of
system bus and memory bandwidth. The Company believes that the ability to
deliver scalable system performance will become increasingly important due to
the introduction of high bandwidth system buses for multimedia applications,
such as Intel's Accelerated Graphics Port ("AGP"), which is expected to be
incorporated into PC architectures in 1997.
 
  Reduced Power Consumption. NeoMagic has implemented numerous system
architecture design techniques to reduce power consumption for its multimedia
solutions. The Company's integrated logic and DRAM products deliver
significant power savings through the elimination of the I/O pads which are
typically utilized in conventional solutions to connect discrete logic and
DRAM components. Power consumption in the
 
                                      30
<PAGE>
 
Company's products is further reduced due to their "granularity," which means
that they integrate no more than the amount of DRAM required for a given
application. For example, the Company's MagicGraph128V and MagicGraph128ZV
products integrate only the 9 Mbits of DRAM needed to accelerate an SVGA
display. In contrast, non-integrated solutions typically utilize 16 Mbits (2
megabytes) of DRAM due to the configuration of commercially available DRAMs.
NeoMagic has also developed additional power management techniques such as
sophisticated processing engine and memory module design to optimize memory
access time, page size, buffer size and processing pipeline stages while
achieving minimal power consumption and logic gate count without performance
degradation. Together with the incorporation of more traditional power
management techniques such as low power logic design, clock management and low
power cell library design, NeoMagic believes that its proprietary
architectures currently deliver the lowest power consumption available on
notebook PCs. The reduction in power consumption improves the battery life and
diminishes heat generation. The Company believes these same architectural
concepts have the potential to be used to achieve similar power savings on
other power-sensitive hardware platforms.
 
  Manufacturing Test. NeoMagic and its DRAM manufacturing partners have
jointly developed cost-effective testing methodologies for products based on
the Company's MagicWare technology. These methodologies are based on the
synergistic combination of established test-and-repair techniques developed
for DRAM manufacturing and built-in self test techniques developed for logic
ICs.
 
  Reduction of Electro-magnetic Interference. The FCC imposes strict limits on
EMI emissions from electronic devices including PCs. The reduction of EMI
often represents a challenging problem for the system designer, particularly
in small form factor mobile applications. All data transfer between logic and
memory occurs on a single chip in the Company's MagicGraph128 products,
inherently eliminating a significant source of EMI. NeoMagic also has
developed proprietary spread spectrum techniques to further reduce EMI in the
transmission of video and graphics data for display on high resolution LCD
panels. The Company believes that its ability to reduce EMI will become
increasingly important as DRAM speeds continue to increase to meet higher
memory bandwidth requirements for portable applications.
 
  Design Methodology. The Company designs its products by utilizing a high-
level design language and a proprietary NeoMagic cell library for logic
synthesis. The Company verifies designs in the high-level language and at the
gate level using software simulators. Each design is further validated at the
system level through hardware emulation prior to committing the design to
silicon. In the physical design of placement and routing, NeoMagic has
developed proprietary layout technology to integrate large DRAM with analog
and logic circuitry on the same substrate while preserving signal integrity,
eliminating cross talk, minimizing clock skew and maximizing clock frequency.
 
  Software Technology. NeoMagic has built a robust and flexible software base
to support Windows 3.1, Windows 95, Windows NT and OS/2 operating systems for
notebook PCs. The Company also provides customer specific control panels and
utilities for intelligent power management and the management of hardware and
software resources. The Company ensures software quality through a
comprehensive quality assurance process developed in consultation with its
customers. NeoMagic is focused on enhancing its software to support new levels
of functionality and performance demanded by more intuitive user interfaces
and more realistic multimedia experiences.
 
MANUFACTURING
 
  The Company's products require semiconductor wafers manufactured with state-
of-the-art fabrication equipment and technology. NeoMagic has established
strategic relationships with two leading DRAM manufacturers to produce its
semiconductor wafers, and uses other independent contractors to perform
assembly, packaging and testing. This approach enables the Company to
concentrate its resources on product design and development, where NeoMagic
believes it has greater competitive advantages, and to eliminate the high cost
of owning and operating a semiconductor wafer fabrication facility.
 
 
                                      31
<PAGE>
 
  The Company's products are designed to be manufactured in accordance with
the DRAM partners' design rules and manufacturing processes. Each DRAM partner
has a design team dedicated to NeoMagic product development. The DRAM partner
designs the DRAM product modules, and NeoMagic designs the overall product,
including the analog and logic circuitry. The DRAM partner then aids the
Company in design verification prior to production. The DRAM partners
manufacture the wafers, perform memory testing and repair, and sell the
Company finished wafers, with pricing determined on a quarterly basis. The
Company uses subcontractors to perform assembly, packaging and final test. The
Company develops its own software and hardware for product testing.
 
  All of the Company's products are currently supplied by Mitsubishi Electric
in Japan. Mitsubishi Electric is currently producing six-inch wafers for the
Company and expects to begin producing eight-inch wafers for certain of the
Company's new products in calendar 1997. The Company also has established a
strategic relationship with Toshiba to commence production of the Company's
next generation multimedia accelerator products. NeoMagic does not expect that
a significant portion of the Company's wafer requirements will be met by
Toshiba before calendar 1998. The Company expects that, for the foreseeable
future, each of its products will be single source manufactured. Because the
lead time needed to establish a strategic relationship with a new DRAM partner
is at least twelve months and the estimated time for Mitsubishi Electric to
switch to a new product line is four to six months, there is no readily
available alternative source of supply for any specific product. A disruption
of manufacturing facilities at one of the partner's plants would disrupt the
Company's production of particular for a substantial period of time. In the
event that the process improvements at Mitsubishi Electric or the relationship
with Toshiba is unsuccessful or delayed beyond the Company's expectations, the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operation would be
materially and adversely affected.
 
  Until recently, Mitsubishi Electric supplied wafers to the Company on a
purchase order basis. In January 1997, the Company and Mitsubishi Electric
entered into a five year wafer supply agreement setting forth the terms of
their relationship (the "Mitsubishi Electric Agreement"). In February 1997,
the Company entered into a similar five-year wafer supply agreement with
Toshiba (the "Toshiba Agreement"). Under the Mitsubishi Electric Agreement and
the Toshiba Agreement, the Company is obligated to provide a rolling 12 month
forecast of anticipated purchases and to place binding purchase orders four
months prior to shipment. If the Company cancels a purchase order, it must pay
cancellation penalties based on the status of work-in-process or the proximity
of the cancellation to the shipment date. Forecasts of monthly purchases may
not increase or decrease by more than a certain percentage from the previous
month's forecast without the manufacturer's consent. The Mitsubishi Electric
Agreement and the Toshiba Agreement also provide that the parties will
indemnify each other with respect to certain third party intellectual property
claims.
 
  The Company's manufacturing arrangements require it to make forecasts and
place purchase orders for wafers long before it receives purchase orders from
its own customers. This limits the Company's ability to react to fluctuations
in demand for its products, which can be unexpected and dramatic, and often
will cause the Company to have an excess or shortage of wafers for a
particular product. As a result of the long lead time for manufacturing
wafers, semiconductor companies such as the Company from time to time must
take charges for excess inventory. For example, the Company booked charges
totaling $1.5 million for excess inventory in fiscal 1997. Significant write-
offs of excess inventory could materially and adversely affect the Company's
financial condition and results of operations. Conversely, failure to order
sufficient wafers would cause the Company to miss revenue opportunities and,
if significant, could impact sales by the Company's customers, which could
adversely affect the Company's customer relationships and thereby materially
adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
 
  The Company's products are assembled and tested by third party
subcontractors. The Company does not have long-term agreements with any of
these subcontractors. As a result of this reliance on third party
subcontractors to assemble and test its products, the Company cannot directly
control product delivery schedules, which could lead to product shortages or
quality assurance problems that could increase the costs of manufacture or
assembly of the Company's products. Due to the amount of time normally
required to qualify assembly and test subcontractors, if the Company is
required to find alternative subcontractors, shipments could be delayed
 
                                      32
<PAGE>
 
significantly. Any problems associated with the delivery, quality or cost of
the assembly and test of the Company's products could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
  NeoMagic's sales and marketing strategy is an integral part of the Company's
effort to become a leading supplier of multimedia accelerators to the leading
manufacturers of notebook PCs. To meet customer requirements and achieve
design wins, the Company's sales and marketing personnel work closely with its
customers, business partners and key industry trend setters to define product
features, performance, price, and market timing of new products. The Company
employs a sales force with a high level of technical expertise and product and
industry knowledge to support a lengthy and complex design win process.
Additionally, the Company employs a highly trained team of application
engineers to assist customers in designing, testing and qualifying system
designs that incorporate NeoMagic products. The Company believes that the
depth and quality of this design support are key to improving customers' time-
to-market, maintaining a high level of customer satisfaction and encouraging
customers to utilize subsequent generations of NeoMagic's products.
 
  In many cases, notebook PCs are designed and manufactured by third party
system manufacturers on behalf of the final brand name OEM. NeoMagic focuses
on developing long-term customer relationships with both the system
manufacturer and the brand name OEMs. The Company believes that this approach
increases the likelihood of design wins, improves the overall quality of
support and enables timely release of customer product to market.
 
  In the United States, the Company sells its products to key customers
primarily through direct sales. In Japan, DIA Semicon acts as the Company's
sales representative. In Taiwan, Regulus acts as the Company's sales
representative, with support from the Company's Taiwan country manager. As of
December 31, 1996, NeoMagic employed 18 individuals in its sales, marketing
and support organization and maintained regional sales offices in Austin,
Texas and Taipei, Taiwan.
 
  During fiscal 1996, sales to Quanta, Compal and Hewlett-Packard accounted
for approximately 34.6%, 28.6% and 14.4% of net sales, respectively. During
fiscal 1997, sales to Sony, Compal and Arima accounted for approximately
31.6%, 19.8% and 14.6% of net sales, respectively. Quanta, Compal, Sony and
Arima are system manufacturers for brand name OEMs. No other customers
represented more than 10% of the Company's net sales for either of such
periods. Sales to the Company's top five customers accounted for 100% and
79.7% of net sales for fiscal 1996 and 1997, respectively. Sales to customers
located outside the United States accounted for 90.0% and 96.2% of the
Company's net sales for fiscal 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
 
  The Company relies in part on patents to protect its intellectual property.
In the United States, the Company has been issued two patents, each covering
certain aspects of the design and architecture of the Company's multimedia
accelerators. In addition, the Company has several patent applications pending
in the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the "PTO"). There can be no
assurance that the Company's pending patent applications or any future
applications will be approved, or that any issued patents will provide the
Company with competitive advantages or will not be challenged by third
parties, or that the patents of others will not have an adverse effect on the
Company's ability to do business. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that
others will not independently develop similar products, duplicate the
Company's products or design around any patents that may be issued to the
Company.
 
  The Company also relies on a combination of mask work protection,
trademarks, copyrights, trade secret laws, employee and third-party
nondisclosure agreements and licensing arrangements to protect its
intellectual property. Despite these efforts, there can be no assurance that
others will not independently develop substantially
 
                                      33
<PAGE>
 
equivalent intellectual property or otherwise gain access to the Company's
trade secrets or intellectual property or disclose such intellectual property
or trade secrets or that the Company can meaningfully protect its intellectual
property. A failure by the Company to meaningfully protect its intellectual
property could have material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations.
   
  As a general matter, the semiconductor industry is characterized by
substantial litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property
rights. The Company in the past has been, and in the future may be, notified
that it may be infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties.
In November 1994, Cirrus Logic filed suit against the Company and certain of
its employees claiming, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, breach
of and interference with contract and misappropriation of trade secrets. The
Company and Cirrus Logic settled the lawsuit in June 1996, but the Company
incurred an aggregate of $703,000 in expenses in connection with such
litigation during fiscal 1995 and fiscal 1996. This settlement did not involve
cash payments but did include a non-solicitation provision and certain
contingent cross-licensing provisions. In late February 1997, the Company
received a written notice from Cirrus Logic asserting that the Company's
MagicGraph128, MagicGraph128V and MagicGraph128ZV products infringe three
United States patents held by Cirrus Logic. The Company believes that the
Company's MagicGraph128, MagicGraph128V and MagicGraph 128ZV products do not
infringe any of the claims of these patents. The Company's belief is based
upon a legal opinion from its patent counsel, Townsend and Townsend and Crew
LLP ("Townsend"). However, there can be no assurance that Cirrus Logic will
not file a lawsuit against the Company or that the Company would prevail in
any such litigation.     
   
  In October 1996 the Company has notified by two of its customers that they
had received a letter from the holder of a United States patent asserting that
the video/graphics subsystem in such customers' notebook PCs, which use the
Company's MagicGraph128 and MagicGraph128V products, infringe certain claims
of the patent. The Company has certain indemnification obligations to
customers with respect to the infringement of third-party intellectual
property rights by its products. There can be no assurance that the Company's
potential obligations to indemnify such customers will not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. The Company believes that the Company's MagicGraph128 and
MagicGraph128V products do not infringe any of the claims of such patent. The
Company's belief is based upon a legal opinion from its patent counsel,
Townsend. Although there have been no further communications regarding this
matter since October 1996, there can be no assurance that the holder of such
patent will not file a lawsuit against the Company or its customers, that the
Company or such customers would prevail in any such litigation, or that such
customers will continue to purchase the Company's products under the threat of
potential litigation.     
   
  Any patent litigation, whether or not determined in the Company's favor or
settled by the Company, would at a minimum be costly and could divert the
efforts and attention of the Company's management and technical personnel from
productive tasks, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no
assurance that current or future infringement claims by third parties or
claims for indemnification by other customers or end users of the Company's
products resulting from infringement claims will not be asserted in the future
or that such assertions, if proven to be true, will not materially adversely
affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
In the event of any adverse ruling in any such matter, the Company could be
required to pay substantial damages, which could include treble damages, cease
the manufacturing, use and sale of infringing products, discontinue the use of
certain processes or to obtain a license under the intellectual property
rights of the third party claiming infringement. There can be no assurance,
however, that a license would be available on reasonable terms or at all. Any
limitations on the Company's ability to market its products, or delays and
costs associated with redesigning its products or payments of license fees to
third parties, or any failure by the Company to develop or license a
substitute technology on commercially reasonable terms could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.     
 
COMPETITION
 
  The market for multimedia accelerators for notebook PCs in which the Company
competes is intensely competitive and is characterized by rapid technological
change, evolving industry standards and declining
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
 
average selling prices. NeoMagic believes that the principal factors of
competition in this market are performance, price, features, power
consumption, size, weight and software support. The ability of the Company to
compete successfully in the rapidly evolving notebook PC market depends on a
number of factors, including success in designing and subcontracting the
manufacture of new products that implement new technologies, product quality,
reliability, price, the efficiency of production, design wins for NeoMagic's
integrated circuits, ramp up of production of the Company's products for
particular system manufacturers, end-user acceptance of the system
manufacturers' products, success of competitors' products and general economic
conditions. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete
successfully in the future.
 
  NeoMagic competes with major domestic and international companies, most of
which have substantially greater financial and other resources than the
Company with which to pursue engineering, manufacturing, marketing and
distribution of their products. The Company's principal competitors include
Chips & Technologies, Cirrus Logic, S3 and Trident. NeoMagic may also face
increased competition from new entrants into the notebook PC multimedia
accelerator market including from companies currently selling products
designed for desktop PCs. Furthermore, the Company expects that many of its
competitors will seek to develop and introduce products that integrate large
DRAM with analog and logic circuitry on a single chip. For example, Chips &
Technologies and Trident have recently announced separate programs to
introduce in conjunction with Samsung, the world's largest DRAM manufacturer,
an integrated multimedia acceleration solution for the notebook PC market that
would compete directly with the Company's products. Potential competition also
could come from manufacturers that integrate a microprocessor with a
multimedia controller. Although Intel has not announced any such product,
Cyrix recently announced such a product. To the Company's knowledge, the Cyrix
product does not eliminate the need for multimedia accelerators in notebook
PCs. The successful commercial introduction of such a product that eliminates
the need for a separate multimedia accelerator in notebook PCs could have a
material adverse impact on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations.
 
  Some of the Company's current and potential competitors operate their own
manufacturing facilities. Since the Company does not operate its own
manufacturing facility and must make binding commitments to purchase products,
it may not be able to reduce its costs and cycle time or adjust its production
to meet demand as rapidly as companies that operate their own facilities,
which could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial
condition and results of operations. Additionally, a significant reduction in
the price of DRAMs could cause the Company's products to be less competitively
priced, potentially affecting ongoing product pricing as well as resulting in
the loss of design wins for new notebook PCs.
 
BACKLOG
 
  Sales of the Company's products are made pursuant to standard purchase
orders that are cancelable without significant penalties. In addition,
purchase orders are subject to price renegotiations and to changes in
quantities of products and delivery schedules in order to reflect changes in
customers' requirements and manufacturing availability. A large portion of the
Company's sales are made pursuant to short lead time orders. In addition, the
Company's actual shipments depend on the manufacturing capacity of the
Company's suppliers and the availability of products from such suppliers. As a
result of the foregoing factors, the Company does not believe that backlog at
any give time is a meaningful indicator of future sales.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
  As of January 31, 1997, the Company employed a total of 94 full-time
employees, including 47 in research and development, 9 in customer service and
applications engineering, 11 in sales and marketing, 10 in manufacturing and
17 in finance and administration. The Company also employs, from time to time,
a number of temporary and part-time employees as well as consultants on a
contract basis. The Company's employees are not represented by a collective
bargaining organization, and the Company believes that its relations with its
employees are good.
 
 
                                      35
<PAGE>
 
FACILITIES
 
  The Company's corporate headquarters, which is also its principal
administrative, selling and marketing, customer service, applications
engineering and product development facility, is located in Santa Clara,
California and consists of approximately 45,000 square feet under a lease
which expires on April 30, 2003. The Company has subleased approximately
12,000 square feet of its office space under a sublease that expires March 31,
1998, and approximately 3,200 square feet of office space under another
sublease that expires May 31, 1997. The Company also leases a small sales
office in Austin, Texas. The Company believes its existing facilities are
adequate for its current needs and that additional space for growth will be
met as the expiration of the current sublease arrangements occur.
 
                                      36
<PAGE>
 
                                  MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
  The executive officers and directors of the Company as of February 25, 1997
are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                NAME                     AGE                      POSITION
                ----                     ---                      --------
<S>                                      <C> <C>
Kamran Elahian..........................  42 Chairman of the Board
Prakash C. Agarwal......................  43 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Dr. Clement Leung.......................  47 Vice President, Engineering
Deepraj Puar............................  51 Vice President, Technology
Ibrahim Korgav..........................  48 Vice President, Manufacturing Operations
Ron Jankov..............................  38 Vice President, Sales
Niall Bartlett..........................  36 Vice President, Marketing
Merle McClendon.........................  41 Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
Irwin Federman(1).......................  61 Director
Michael Moritz(1).......................  42 Director
James Lally(2)..........................  52 Director
Brian P. Dougherty(2)...................  40 Director
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Member of the Audit Committee.
 
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.
 
  Kamran Elahian, a co-founder of the Company, has been Chairman of the Board
since the Company's inception in 1993. Mr. Elahian has co-founded several
Silicon Valley companies since 1981, including CAE Systems, Inc., a computer-
aided engineering software company, Cirrus Logic, a semiconductor manufacturer
and Momenta Corporation, a pen-based computer company. In addition to his
duties as Chairman of the Company, Mr. Elahian is the Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of PlanetWeb, Inc., an Internet software company
("PlanetWeb"). Mr. Elahian holds a BS in Computer Science, a BS in Mathematics
and a Masters of Engineering from the University of Utah.
 
  Prakash C. Agarwal, a co-founder of the Company, has been President, Chief
Executive Officer, and a Director of the Company since its inception in 1993.
Mr. Agarwal has over 19 years of engineering, marketing, and general
management experience in the semiconductor industry. Prior to joining the
Company, he was employed as Vice President and General Manager of Cirrus
Logic's Portable Product Division. Mr. Agarwal holds a BS and a MS degree in
Electrical Engineering from the University of Illinois.
 
  Dr. Clement Leung, a co-founder of the Company, has served as Vice
President, Engineering since the Company's inception in 1993. Dr. Leung has 12
years of engineering and management experience in the semiconductor industry,
primarily in the areas of integrated circuit design and computer-aided design
systems. Prior to joining the Company, he was employed as Director of
Engineering of Cirrus Logic's Portable Product Division. Dr. Leung holds an
SB, an SM and a Ph.D. degree from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
 
  Deepraj Puar, a co-founder of the Company, has been Vice President,
Technology since the Company's inception in 1993. Mr. Puar has 26 years of
engineering and management experience in the semiconductor industry, primarily
in the area of memory design and development. Prior to joining the Company,
Mr. Puar was employed by Cirrus Logic as its Director of Memory and Circuits
Engineering. Mr. Puar holds a B.TECH degree from the Indian Institute of
Technology (India) and a MSEE degree from Michigan State University.
 
  Ibrahim Korgav joined the Company in 1994 as Vice President, Manufacturing
Operations. Mr. Korgav has 20 years of experience in manufacturing management
in the semiconductor industry. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Korgav was
the Vice President of Operations and a co-founder of Micro Linear Corporation,
a semiconductor manufacturer. Mr. Korgav holds a MS degree in Mechanical
Engineering from the University of Tulsa.
 
                                      37
<PAGE>
 
  Ron Jankov joined the Company in October 1995 as Vice President, Sales. Mr.
Jankov has 15 years of engineering, operations and sale management experience
in the semiconductor industry. From 1994 to 1995 he was employed by Cyrix
Corporation, a microprocessor manufacturer, as its Vice President of Asia
Operations. From 1990 to 1994, he served as General Manager of Accell, a
Taiwan-based semiconductor engineering and sales company. Mr. Jankov holds a
BS degree in Physics from Arizona State University.
 
  Niall Bartlett joined the Company in November 1995 as Vice President,
Marketing. Mr. Bartlett has 12 years of marketing and engineering experience
in display and multimedia systems. From 1994 to 1995, he was employed as
Multimedia Business Unit Director at Integrated Circuit Systems, Inc., a
semiconductor manufacturer. From 1991 to 1994, Mr. Bartlett was Director of
Marketing and Development of the semiconductor division of Media Vision, Inc.,
a multimedia company. Mr. Bartlett holds a BS degree in Electronic Engineering
from the University of Southampton (England).
 
  Merle McClendon joined the Company in January 1997 as its Vice President,
Finance and Chief Financial Officer. Ms. McClendon has 18 years of finance
experience. From 1993 through 1996, Ms. McClendon was Vice President and
Corporate Controller at S3 Incorporated, a semiconductor company. From 1980 to
1993, Ms. McClendon was employed by Deloitte and Touche, most recently as a
Senior Manager. Ms. McClendon is a Certified Public Accountant and holds a BS
degree in Business Administration from San Jose State University.
 
  Irwin Federman has served as a Director of the Company since March 1994. Mr.
Federman has been a general partner of U.S. Venture Partners, a venture
capital firm, since 1990. Mr. Federman serves on the Boards of Directors of
TelCom Semiconductor, Inc., a semiconductor products company, SanDisk
Corporation, a semiconductor company, Western Digital Corporation, a disk
drive manufacturer, Komag Incorporated, a thin film media manufacturer and
CheckPoint Software Technologies, Ltd, a network security software company. He
received a BS degree in Accounting from Brooklyn College and holds an honorary
Doctorate of Engineering Science from Santa Clara University.
 
  Michael Moritz has served as a Director of the Company since July 1993. Mr.
Moritz joined Sequoia Capital, a venture capital firm, in 1986. He also serves
on the Board of Directors of Visigenic Software, Inc., a software company,
Yahoo! Inc., an Internet directory company and Flextronics International,
Inc., a contract electronics manufacturer. Mr. Moritz received an MBA from the
Wharton School in 1978 and an MA in History at Oxford University in 1976.
 
  Jim Lally has served as a Director of the Company since July 1993. Mr. Lally
has been a general partner of Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers, a venture
capital firm, since 1981. He currently serves on the boards of NetFRAME
Systems, a network server company, Visioneer Communications, Inc., a computer
peripherals manufacturer, and Ascend Communications, Inc., a networking
company. He holds a BS degree in Electrical Engineering from Villanova
University.
 
  Brian P. Dougherty joined the Company as a Director in January 1997. Mr.
Dougherty is a founder and serves as Chairman of Wink Communications, a
developer of interactive television software. From its inception in 1983
through 1994, Mr. Dougherty served as Chief Executive Officer of Geoworks, a
consumer computing device operating system manufacturer, and continues to
serve as its Chairman. Mr. Dougherty holds a BS degree in Electrical
Engineering from the University of California at Berkeley.
 
  Each director will hold office until the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders
and until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier
resignation or removal. Each officer serves at the discretion of the Board of
Directors. There are no family relationships between any of the directors or
executive officers of the Company.
 
BOARD COMMITTEES
 
  The Board of Directors has a Compensation Committee and an Audit Committee.
The Compensation Committee, which is comprised of Messrs. Dougherty and Lally,
administers the Stock Plan, the Purchase Plan
 
                                      38
<PAGE>
 
and all matters concerning executive compensation. The Audit Committee, which
is comprised of Messrs. Federman and Moritz, approves the Company's
independent auditors, reviews the results and scope of annual audits and other
accounting related services, and evaluates the Company's internal audit and
control functions. These committees were established in January 1997.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
  The Company does not pay any compensation to directors for serving in that
capacity, nor does it reimburse directors for expenses incurred in attending
board meetings. However, the Chairman is compensated for certain services
provided to the Company. See "Certain Transactions-Arrangements with
Chairman."
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
  The Company did not have a Compensation Committee during its fiscal 1997.
During fiscal 1997, all decisions regarding executive compensation were made
by the full Board of Directors. No interlocking relationship exists between
the Company's Board of Directors or Compensation Committee and the board of
directors or compensation committee of any other Company, nor has any such
interlocking relationship existed in the past.
 
LIMITATION ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS
 
  The Company's Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of directors
to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that
directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages
for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability (i)
for any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its
stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful
payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided
in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
  The Company's Bylaws provide that the Company shall indemnify its directors
and executive officers and may indemnify its other officers and employees and
agents and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Company
believes that indemnification under its Bylaws covers at least negligence and
gross negligence on the part of indemnified parties. The Company's Bylaws also
permit the Company to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director,
employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in
such capacity, regardless of whether the Bylaws would permit indemnification.
 
  The Company has entered into agreements to indemnify its directors and
officers, in addition to indemnification provided for in the Company's Bylaws.
These agreements, among other things, indemnify the Company's directors and
officers for certain expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines
and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in any action or
proceeding, including any action by or in the right of the Company, arising
out of such person's services as a director or officer of the Company, any
subsidiary of the Company or any other Company or enterprise to which the
person provides services at the request of the Company. The Company believes
that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain
qualified directors and officers.
 
                                      39
<PAGE>
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
  The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation paid
by the Company during the fiscal year ended January 31, 1997 to the Company's
Chief Executive Officer and each of the Company's other most highly
compensated executive officers who earned in excess of $100,000 during such
fiscal year (collectively, the "Named Officers").
 
                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    LONG TERM
                                         ANNUAL    COMPENSATION
                                      COMPENSATION    AWARDS
                                      ------------ ------------
                                                    SECURITIES
                                                    UNDERLYING     ALL OTHER
     NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION       SALARY($)   OPTIONS (#)  COMPENSATION(1)
     ---------------------------      ------------ ------------ ---------------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>          <C>
Prakash C. Agarwal
 President and Chief Executive
 Officer.............................   $189,313     650,000        $6,577
Dr. Clement Leung
 Vice President, Engineering.........    125,102     225,000         4,800
Deepraj Puar
 Vice President, Technology..........    125,194     225,000         6,558
Ron Jankov
 Vice President, Sales...............    167,521     100,000         2,338
Niall Bartlett
 Vice President, Marketing...........    120,053      90,000         5,311
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Consists of premiums paid on health and term life insurance.
 
                                      40
<PAGE>
 
OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL 1997
 
  The following table provides information concerning grants of options to
purchase the Company's Common Stock made to each of the Named Officers during
fiscal 1997.
 
                         OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         
                                                                                          POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                                                         VALUE AT ASSUMED ANNUAL
                                               INDIVIDUAL GRANTS(1)                       RATES OF STOCK PRICE
                         --------------------------------------------------------------- APPRECIATION FOR OPTION
                               NUMBER OF         % OF TOTAL                                      TERM(3)
                         SECURITIES UNDERLYING OPTIONS GRANTED EXERCISE PRICE EXPIRATION -----------------------
          NAME              OPTIONS GRANTED     TO EMPLOYEES    PER SHARE(2)     DATE        5%         10%
          ----           --------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------- -----------------------
<S>                      <C>                   <C>             <C>            <C>        <C>        <C>
Prakash C. Agarwal......        500,000(4)          14.8%          $ .80       03/07/06  $  251,558 $    637,497
Prakash C. Agarwal......        150,000(5)           4.4%           7.50       12/12/06     707,506    1,792,960
Dr. Clement Leung.......        175,000(4)           5.2%            .80       03/07/06      88,045      223,124
Dr. Clement Leung.......         50,000(5)           1.5%           7.50       12/12/06     235,835      597,653
Deepraj Puar............        175,000(4)           5.2%            .80       03/07/06      88,045      223,124
Deepraj Puar............         50,000(5)           1.5%           7.50       12/12/06     235,835      597,653
Ron Jankov..............         50,000(5)           1.5%            .80       03/07/06      25,156       63,750
Ron Jankov..............         50,000(6)           1.5%           3.50       10/10/06     110,057      278,905
Niall Bartlett..........         50,000(5)           1.5%            .80       03/07/06      25,156       63,750
Niall Bartlett..........         40,000(7)           1.2%           7.50       12/12/06     188,668      478,123
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) All options granted during the fiscal year were granted under the Stock
    Plan. Each option becomes exercisable according to a vesting schedule,
    subject to the employee's continued employment with the Company. See
    "Employee Benefit Plans."
 
 
(2) The exercise price per share of options granted represented the fair
    market value of the underlying shares of Common Stock on the dates the
    respective options were granted as determined by the Board. The Company's
    Common Stock was not traded publicly at the time of the option grants to
    the Named Officers.
 
 
(3) Potential gains are net of the exercise price but before taxes associated
    with the exercise. The 5% and 10% assumed annual rates of compounded stock
    appreciation based upon the deemed fair market value are mandated by the
    rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not represent the
    Company's estimate or projection of the future common stock price. Actual
    gains, if any, on stock option exercises are dependent on the future
    financial performance of the Company, overall market conditions and the
    option holders' continued employment through the vesting period. This
    table does not take into account any appreciation in the deemed fair
    market value of the Common Stock from the date of grant to the date of
    this Prospectus, other than the columns reflecting assumed rates of
    appreciation of 5% and 10%.
 
(4) This option was granted by the Board on March 7, 1996, with vesting to
    commence on July 1, 1997. This option will vest ratably on a monthly basis
    over a period of 30 months.
 
(5) This option was granted by the Board on December 12, 1996, with vesting to
    commence on January 1, 2000. This option will vest ratably on a monthly
    basis over a period of 12 months.
 
(6) This option was granted by the Board on October 10, 1996, with vesting to
    commence on October 10, 1996. One-fourth of the shares covered by this
    option will vest on October 10, 1997 and 1/48 of the shares will vest
    ratably each month thereafter.
 
(7) This option was granted by the Board on December 12, 1996, with vesting to
    commence on January 1, 1997. One-fourth of the shares covered by this
    option will vest on January 1, 1998 and 1/48 of the shares will vest
    ratably each month thereafter.
 
                                      41
<PAGE>
 
OPTION EXERCISES AND HOLDINGS
 
  The following table sets forth for each of the Named Officers certain
information concerning the number of shares subject to both exercisable and
unexercisable stock options at January 31, 1997. Also reported are values for
"in-the-money" options that represent the positive spread between the
respective exercise prices of outstanding stock options and the fair market
value of the Company's Common Stock as of January 31, 1997, as determined by
the Board of Directors.
 
       AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL 1997 AND FISCAL 1997 VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       NUMBER OF UNEXERCISED     VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                              OPTIONS AT        IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                                         JANUARY 31, 1997(2)    JANUARY 31, 1997(1)(2)
                         SHARES ACQUIRED    VALUE    ------------------------- -------------------------
   NAME                  ON EXERCISE(2)  REALIZED($) EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
   ----                  --------------- ----------- ----------- ------------- ----------- -------------
<S>                      <C>             <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
Prakash C. Agarwal......     500,000        $ --       150,000        --       $      --        --
Dr. Clement Leung.......         --           --       225,000        --        1,172,500       --
Deepraj Puar............         --           --       225,000        --        1,172,500       --
Ron Jankov..............      50,000          --        50,000        --          200,000       --
Niall Bartlett..........         --           --        90,000        --          335,000       --
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Calculated by determining the difference between the fair market value of
    the securities underlying the option at January 31, 1997 ($7.50 per share,
    as determined by the Board of Directors) and the exercise price of the
    options.
 
(2) Options granted under the Stock Plan may be exercised immediately upon
    grant and prior to full vesting, subject to the optionee's entering a
    restricted stock purchase agreement with the Company with respect to any
    unvested shares.
 
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
  AMENDED AND RESTATED 1993 STOCK PLAN
 
  The Company's Amended and Restated 1993 Stock Plan provides for the granting
to employees of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Internal Revenue Code"),
and for the granting to employees, directors and consultants of nonstatutory
stock options and stock purchase rights ("SPRs"). The original plan was
approved initially by the Board of Directors and the stockholders in July
1993. The Stock Plan was approved by the Board of Directors in December 1996
and by the stockholders in February 1997. Unless terminated sooner, the Stock
Plan will terminate automatically in December 2003. A total of 7,775,000
shares of Common Stock are currently authorized for issuance pursuant to the
Stock Plan, of which 2,427,387 were available for issuance at January 31,
1997. As of January 31, 1997, 3,443,487 shares had been issued upon the
exercise of stock options or stock purchase rights granted under the Stock
Plan, and 2,440,750 shares were subject to outstanding options.
 
  The Stock Plan may be administered by the Board of Directors or a committee
of the Board (the "Committee"), which Committee shall, in the case of options
intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, consist of two or more "outside
directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.
The Committee has the power to determine the terms of the options or SPRs
granted, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each
option or SPR, the exercisability thereof, and the form of consideration
payable upon such exercise. In addition, the Committee has the authority to
amend, suspend or terminate the Stock Plan, provided that no such action may
affect any share of Common Stock previously issued and sold or any option
previously granted under the Stock Plan.
 
  Options and SPRs granted under the Plan are not generally transferable by
the optionee, and each option and SPR is exercisable during the lifetime of
the optionee only by such optionee. Options granted under the
 
                                      42
<PAGE>
 
Stock Plan must generally be exercised within 30 days of the end of optionee's
status as an employee or consultant of the Company, or within twelve months
after such optionee's termination by death or disability, but in no event
later than the expiration of the option's ten year term. In the case of SPRs,
unless the Committee determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase
Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the
voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser's employment with the
Company for any reason (including death or disability). The purchase price for
shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall
be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of
any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall
lapse at a rate determined by the Committee. The exercise price of all
incentive stock options granted under the Stock Plan must be at least equal to
the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant. The exercise
price of nonstatutory stock options and SPRs granted under the Stock Plan is
determined by the Committee, but with respect to nonstatutory stock options
intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the exercise price must at least
be equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.
With respect to any participant who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the
voting power of all classes of the Company's outstanding capital stock, the
exercise price of any incentive stock option granted must equal at least 110%
of the fair market value on the grant date and the term of such incentive
stock option must not exceed five years. The term of all other options granted
under the Stock Plan may not exceed ten years.
 
  The Stock Plan provides that in the event of a merger of the Company with or
into another corporation, a sale of substantially all of the Company's assets
or a like transaction involving the Company, each option shall be assumed or
an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation. If the
outstanding options are not assumed or substituted for as described in the
preceding sentence, the Optionee shall fully vest in and have the right to
exercise the option or SPR as to all of the optioned stock, including shares
as to which it would not otherwise have been vested and be exercisable. In the
event that an option or SPR becomes exercisable in full in the event of a
merger or sale of assets, the Committee shall notify the optionee that the
option or SPR shall be fully vested and exercisable for a period of fifteen
(15) days from the date of such notice, and the option or SPR will terminate
upon the expiration of such period.
 
  1997 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
  The Company's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan") was
adopted by the Board of Directors in December 1996 and approved by the
stockholders in February 1997. A total of 500,000 shares of Common Stock has
been reserved for issuance under the Purchase Plan. The Purchase Plan, which
is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, is
implemented by consecutive and overlapping twenty-four month offering periods
that begin every six months. Each twenty-four month offering period includes
four six-month purchase periods, during which payroll deductions are
accumulated and at the end of which, shares of Common Stock are purchased with
a participant's accumulated payroll deductions, except for the first such
offering period which commences on the first trading day on or after the
effective date of this Offering and ends on the last trading day on or before
March 1, 1999. The Purchase Plan is administered by the Board of Directors or
by a committee appointed by the Board. Employees are eligible to participate
if they are customarily employed by the Company or any participating
subsidiary for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any
calendar year. The Purchase Plan permits eligible employees to purchase Common
Stock through payroll deductions of up to 10% of an employee's compensation
(excluding commissions, overtime and other bonuses and incentive
compensation), subject to the limitations of Section 423(b)(8) of the Internal
Revenue Code. The price of stock purchased under the Purchase Plan is 85% of
the lower of the fair market value of the Common Stock at the beginning of the
offering period or at the end of the relevant purchase period. Employees may
end their participation at any time during an offering period, and they will
be paid their payroll deductions to date. Participation ends automatically
upon termination of employment with the Company.
 
  Rights granted under the Purchase Plan are not transferable by a participant
other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise
provided under the Purchase Plan. The Purchase Plan provides that, in
 
                                      43
<PAGE>
 
the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or a
sale of substantially all of the Company's assets, the Board of Directors
shall shorten the offering period then in progress (so that employees' rights
to purchase stock under the Purchase Plan are exercised prior to the merger or
sale of assets). The Purchase Plan will terminate in December 2007. The Board
of Directors has the authority to amend or terminate the Purchase Plan, except
that no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase
stock under the Purchase Plan.
 
                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
   
  On July 20, 1993 and September 16, 1993, the Company sold in the aggregate
3,050,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a price per share of $.50. On
February 11, 1994, the Company issued 10,450 shares of Series A Preferred in
exchange for shares of Common Stock held by the Company's founders (including
executive officers and the Chairman of the Board) at an exchange ratio of 500
shares of Common Stock for each share of Series A Preferred. This exchange
ratio was negotiated among such founders, the Company and the other Series A
Preferred Stock investors pursuant to a recapitalization of the Company. The
500-to-1 ratio reflects the ratio of the purchase price of the Series A
Preferred Stock and the purchase price of the Common Stock at the time of its
acquisition. On March 10, 1994, the Company issued 2,539,999 shares of Series
B Preferred Stock at a price per share of $.625 pursuant to the exercise of
warrants issued on July 20, 1993 and September 16, 1993. On July 6, 1994 and
August 30, 1994, the Company sold in the aggregate 3,839,165 shares of Series
C Preferred Stock at a price per share of $1.50. On June 30, 1995 and August
10, 1995, the Company sold in the aggregate 2,820,000 shares of Series D
Preferred Stock at a price per share of $2.85. Simultaneously with the
consummation of this offering, all shares of Preferred Stock will be converted
into an aggregate of 12,259,614 shares of Common Stock.     
 
  Listed below are those directors, executive officers and five percent
stockholders who have made equity investments in the Company during the last
three fiscal years. The Company believes that the shares issued in these
transactions were sold at the then fair market value and that the terms of
these transactions were no less favorable than the Company could have obtained
from unaffiliated third parties.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    AGGREGATE
                          SERIES A  SERIES B  SERIES C  SERIES D      CASH
       STOCKHOLDER        PREFERRED PREFERRED PREFERRED PREFERRED CONSIDERATION
       -----------        --------- --------- --------- --------- -------------
<S>                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Entities associated with
 Japan Associated
 Finance Co., Ltd........       --       --   1,000,000  350,877   $2,500,000
Entities associated with
 Kleiner Perkins
 Caufield & Byers (1).... 1,500,000  833,333    833,333  350,877    3,520,832
Entities associated with
 Sequoia Capital(2)...... 1,500,000  833,333    833,333  350,877    3,520,832
Entities associated with
 U.S. Venture
 Partners(3).............       --   833,333    833,333  421,053    2,970,834
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) KPCB VI Associates, which is the general partner of each of these
    entities, has seven general partners, each of whom share investment and
    voting power over the shares held by KPCB VI Associates. James Lally, a
    director of the Company, is a general partner of KPCB VI Associates. Mr.
    Lally disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares except to the extent of
    his proportionate interest therein.
 
(2) Each of these entities are affiliated with Sequoia Partners (O). Sequoia
    Partners (O) has eight general partners. Each of these general partners
    shares voting and investment power over the shares held by Sequoia
    Partners (O). Michael Moritz, a director of the Company, is a general
    partner of Sequoia Partners (O). Mr. Moritz disclaims beneficial ownership
    of the shares held by such entities to the extent of his proportionate
    interest therein.
 
(3) Presidio Management Group IV, L.P. ("Presidio"), which is the general
    partner of each of these entities, has five general partners, each of whom
    shares voting and investment power over the shares held by Presidio. Irwin
    Federman, a director of the Company, is a general partner of Presidio. Mr.
    Federman disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Presidio
    except to the extent of his proportionate interest therein.
 
                                      44
<PAGE>
 
  The Company has entered into an Indemnification Agreement with each of its
executive officers and directors.
 
  The Company has granted options to certain of its executive officers. See
"Management--Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year."
 
  Holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to certain registration rights with
respect to the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof. See
"Description of Capital Stock--Registration Rights."
 
  Kamran Elahian, Chairman of the Board of the Company, receives an annual
salary in the amount of $70,000 for services rendered to the Company, which
include participation in the establishment and management of key customer and
manufacturing relationships. In addition, on March 7, 1996 Mr. Elahian was
granted an option to purchase 175,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at
an exercise price of $.80 per share, subject to vesting, and on December 12,
1996 was granted an option to purchase 30,000 shares of the Company's Common
Stock at an exercise price of $7.50 per share, subject to vesting. Both
options were granted pursuant to the Stock Plan.
 
  In March 1994, in connection with the purchase of restricted shares of
Common Stock, the Company provided a loan to Prakash Agarwal, the President,
Chief Executive Officer, and a director of the Company, in the principal
amount of $34,925 at an annual interest rate of 4.01%, pursuant to a
promissory note secured by a pledge of 1,397,000 shares of Common Stock held
by Mr. Agarwal. In April 1996, in connection with the exercise of an option to
purchase 500,000 shares of Common Stock, the Company provided a loan to
Mr. Agarwal in the aggregate principal amount of $400,000 at an annual
interest rate of 5.88% pursuant to two promissory notes secured by a pledge of
an aggregate of 500,000 shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Agarwal. As of
January 31, 1997, an aggregate amount of $456,650 remained outstanding on the
three promissory notes, which is the largest aggregate amount of indebtedness
outstanding as of such date under such note.
 
  In March 1994, in connection with the purchase of restricted shares of
Common Stock, the Company provided a loan to Dr. Clement Leung, the Vice
President, Engineering of the Company in the principal amount of $22,450 at an
annual interest rate of 4.01%, pursuant to a promissory note secured by a
pledge of 898,000 shares of Common Stock held by Dr. Leung. As of January 31,
1997, an aggregate amount of $25,076 remained outstanding on the promissory
note, which is the largest aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding under
such note.
 
  In March 1994, in connection with the purchase of restricted shares of
Common Stock, the Company provided a loan to Deepraj Puar, the Vice President,
Technology of the Company in the principal amount of $22,450 at an annual
interest rate of 4.01%, pursuant to a promissory note secured by a pledge of
898,000 shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Puar. As of January 31, 1997, an
aggregate amount of $25,076 remained outstanding on the promissory note, which
is the largest aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding under such note.
 
  In June 1994, in connection with the purchase of restricted shares of Common
Stock, the Company provided a loan in the principal amount of $15,000 to
Ibrahim Korgav, Vice President of Manufacturing, at an annual interest rate of
6.80% pursuant to a promissory note secured by a pledge of 300,000 shares of
Common Stock held by Mr. Korgav. As of January 31, 1997, an aggregate amount
of $16,658 remained outstanding on the promissory note, which is the largest
aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding as of such date under such note.
In July 1994, in connection with his offer of employment with the Company, the
Company provided a loan to Mr. Korgav in the principal amount of $63,956.93 at
an annual interest rate of 5.63%, pursuant to a promissory note. The loan was
used to repay certain obligations owed by Mr. Korgav to his former employer
and to exercise certain options to purchase shares of such employer. Mr.
Korgav repaid to the Company $14,000 of the principal and accrued interest in
July 1995 and paid the remaining balance of principal and accrued interest in
December 1995. The largest aggregate indebtedness outstanding under such notes
in the last three fiscal years was $83,662.71.
 
                                      45
<PAGE>
 
  In December 1995, in connection with the purchase of restricted shares of
Common Stock, the Company provided a loan to Ron Jankov, the Vice President,
Sales of the Company in the principal amount of $76,950 at an annual interest
rate of 5.91% pursuant to a promissory note secured by a pledge of 270,000
shares held by Mr. Jankov. In April 1996, in connection with the exercise of
option to purchase 50,000 shares of Common Stock, the Company provided a loan
to Mr. Jankov in the principal amount of $40,000 at an interest rate of 5.88%
pursuant to a promissory note secured by a pledge of 50,000 shares of Common
Stock held by Mr. Jankov. As of January 31, 1997, an aggregate amount of
$123,641 remained outstanding on the two promissory notes, which is the
largest aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding under such notes.
 
  In December 1995, in connection with the purchase of restricted shares of
Common Stock, the Company provided a loan to Niall Bartlett, Vice President,
Marketing of the Company in the principal amount of $57,000 at an annual
interest rate of 5.91% pursuant to a promissory note secured by a pledge of
200,000 shares held by Mr. Bartlett. As of January 31, 1997, an aggregate
amount of $60,649 remained outstanding on this promissory note, which is the
largest aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding under such notes.
 
  In March 1994, in connection with the purchase of restricted shares of
Common Stock, the Company provided a loan to Chet Bassetti, the Flat-Panel
Technology Manager, in the principal amount of $22,450 at an annual interest
rate of 4.01% pursuant to a promissory note secured by a pledge of 898,000
shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Bassetti. On December 26, 1996, Mr.
Bassetti repaid the remaining $25,000 in principal and interest. The largest
aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding during the last three years was
$25,000.
 
  In March 1994, in connection with the purchase of restricted shares of
Common Stock, the Company provided a loan to Kamran Elahian, the Chairman of
the Board, in the principal amount of $22,450 at an annual interest rate of
4.01% pursuant to a promissory note secured by a pledge of 898,000 shares of
Common Stock held by Mr. Elahian. In April 1996, in connection with the
exercise of an option to purchase 125,000 shares of Common Stock, the Company
provided a loan to Mr. Elahian in the principal amount of $100,000 at an
annual interest rate of 5.88% pursuant to a promissory note secured by a
pledge of the Common Stock so acquired. As of January 31, 1997, and aggregate
amount of $129,486 remained outstanding on the two promissory notes, which is
the largest aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding under such notes.
 
  In September 1996, in connection with the resignation of the Company's then
current Chief Financial Officer, Lori Holland, the Company agreed to pay Ms.
Holland $12,500 per month through February 28, 1997. In addition, the Company
released 97,500 shares of Common Stock held by Ms. Holland from a right of
repurchase in favor of the Company set forth in the agreement pursuant to
which Ms. Holland purchased such shares from the Company.
 
  In June 1996, the Company entered into a Sublease Agreement with PlanetWeb.
Kamran Elahian, a co-founder of the Company and its Chairman, is the founder
of PlanetWeb and is its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The Sublease
Agreement provides for a sublease of 3,166 square feet of office space at the
Company's principal office for a term beginning on May 28, 1996 through and
including May 31, 1997. Pursuant to the Sublease Agreement, PlanetWeb is
obligated to pay $300 per month for janitorial services and rent according to
the following schedule: $1.00 per square foot during months one through three,
$1.50 per square foot during months four through six and $1.75 per square foot
during months seven through 12.
 
  The Company believes that all related-party transactions described above
were on terms no less favorable than could have been otherwise obtained from
unrelated third parties. All future transactions between the Company and its
principal officers, directors and affiliates will be approved by a majority of
the independent and disinterested members of the Board of Directors and will
be on terms no less favorable that could be obtained from unrelated third
parties. In addition, the Board of Directors has voted that any loans or
guarantees in the future by the Company for its officers, directors or
affiliates will be approved by a majority of the independent and disinterested
members of the Board on the basis that such loans or guarantees will be made
only for bona fide business purposes.
 
                                      46
<PAGE>
 
                      PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
  The following table sets forth certain information with respect to
beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of January 31, 1997 and
as adjusted to reflect the sale of Common Stock offered hereby for (i) each
person who is known by the Company to beneficially own more than 5% of the
Common Stock, (ii) each of the Company's directors, (iii) each of the Named
Officers and (iv) all directors and officers as a group and (v) each selling
stockholder.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   NUMBER OF       PERCENT
                                                     SHARES      BENEFICIALLY
                                                  BENEFICIALLY    OWNED(2)(3)
                                                    OWNED(1)   -----------------
                                                  ------------  BEFORE   AFTER
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                 NUMBER    OFFERING OFFERING
- ------------------------------------              ------------ -------- --------
<S>                                               <C>          <C>      <C>
Entities affiliated with KPCB VI Associates(4)..    3,517,543    17.3%    15.1%
 2750 Sand Hill Road
 Menlo Park, CA 94025
Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(5).....    3,517,543    17.3     15.1
 3000 Sand Hill Road
 Building 4, Suite 280
 Menlo Park, CA 94025
Entities affiliated with U.S. Venture Partners
 IV, L.P.(6)....................................    2,087,719    10.3      8.9
 2180 Sand Hill Road
 Suite 300
 Menlo Park, CA 94025
Japan Associated Finance Co., Inc.(7)...........    1,350,877     6.6      5.8
 Tekko Building
 1-8-2, Marunouchi, Chiyoda-Ku
 Tokyo, Japan 100
Kamran Elahian(8)...............................    1,054,800     5.2      4.5
Irwin Federman(6)...............................    2,087,719    10.3      8.9
Michael Moritz(5)...............................    3,517,543    17.3     15.1
James Lally(4)..................................    3,517,543    17.3     15.1
Chet Bassetti(9)................................      927,800     4.6      4.0
Prakash C. Agarwal(10)..........................    1,449,800     7.1      6.2
Dr. Clement Leung(11)...........................    1,118,800     5.4      4.7
Deepraj Puar(12)................................      524,800     2.6      2.2
Ron Jankov(13)..................................      370,000     1.8      1.6
Ibrahim Korgav(14)..............................      387,500     1.9      1.7
Niall Bartlett(15)..............................      290,000     1.4      1.2
All directors and officers as
 a group(4), (5), (6), (8), (10)-(15)...........   14,318,505    67.7%    59.2%
OTHER SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
Additional Selling Stockholders (3 persons),
 each holding less than 1% of Common Stock prior
 to offering....................................      173,000       *        *
</TABLE>
- --------
   * Less than 1% of the outstanding shares.
 (1) Assumes no exercise of the Underwriter's over-allotment option. Except
     pursuant to applicable community property laws or as indicated in the
     footnotes to this table, to the Company's knowledge, each stockholder
     identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power with
     respect to all shares of Common Stock shown as beneficially owned by such
     stockholder.
 
 (2) Percent of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, treating as
     outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of options
     held by the particular beneficial owner that are included in the first
     column.
 
 (3) This column assumes no exercise of the Underwriter's over-allotment
     option and does not reflect the issuance of any shares pursuant to the
     Direct Sales. If, however, the Underwriters' over-allotment option is
     exercised in full, certain stockholders will sell an aggregate of
     100,000 shares of Common Stock. Specifically, in such event, in addition
     to those share amounts set forth in the table above, (i) Kamran
 
                                      47
<PAGE>
 
     Elahian will sell an aggregate of 15,000 shares and will beneficially own
     1,039,800 shares, which is 4.4% of the Company's outstanding Common Stock,
     after completion of this Offering, (ii) Chet Bassetti will sell an
     aggregate of 10,000 shares and will beneficially own 917,800 shares, which
     is 3.9% of the Company's outstanding Common Stock, after completion of the
     Offering, (iii) Prakash Agarwal will sell an aggregate of 15,000 shares
     and will beneficially own 1,434,800 shares, which is 6.0% of the Company's
     outstanding Common Stock, after completion of the Offering, (iv) Dr.
     Clement Leung will sell an aggregate of 15,000 shares and will
     beneficially own 1,103,800 shares, which is 4.6% of the Company's
     outstanding Common Stock, after completion of the Offering, (v) Deepraj 
     Puar will sell an aggregate of 15,000 shares and will beneficially own
     509,800 shares, which is 2.1% of the Company's outstanding Common Stock,
     after completion of the Offering, (vi) Ibrahim Korgav will sell an
     aggregate of 15,000 shares and will beneficially own 372,500 shares, which
     is 1.6% of the Company's outstanding Common Stock, after completion of the
     Offering, (vii) Niall Bartlett will sell an aggregate of 10,000 shares and
     will beneficially own 280,000 shares, which is 1.6% of the Company's
     outstanding Common Stock, after completion of the Offering, and
     (viii) three other stockholders, each of whom owns less than 1% of the
     Company's outstanding stock, will sell an aggregate of 5,000 shares and
     will beneficially own 168,000 shares, which is .7% of the Company's
     outstanding Common Stock, after completion of the Offering.
 
 (4) Includes 3,052,211 shares held by Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers VI and
     465,332 shares held by KPCB VI Founders Fund. KPCB VI Associates is the
     general partner of Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers VI and KPCB VI
     Founders Fund. KPCB VI Associates has seven general partners. Each of
     these general partners shares voting and investment power over the shares
     held by KPCB VI Associates. James Lally, a director of the Company, is a
     general partner of KPCB VI Associates. Mr. Lally disclaims beneficial
     ownership of the shares held by such entities except to the extent of his
     proportionate interest therein.
 
 (5) Includes 3,200,964 shares held by Sequoia Capital VI, 175,878 shares held
     by Sequoia Technology Partners VI, 93,333 shares held by Sequoia XXIII
     and 47,368 shares held by Sequoia XXIV each of which is affiliated with
     Sequoia Partners (O). Sequoia Partners (O) is the general partner of
     Sequoia Capital VI. Sequoia Partners (O) has eight general partners, who
     are also the general partners of Sequoia Technology Partners VI. Each of
     these general partners shares voting and investment power over the shares
     held by Sequoia Partners (O). Michael Moritz, a director of the Company,
     is a general partner of Sequoia Partners (O). Mr. Moritz disclaims
     beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entities except to the
     extent of his proportionate interest therein.
 
 (6) Includes 1,837,193 shares held by U.S. Venture Partners IV, L.P., 41,755
     shares held by USVP Entrepreneur Partner II, L.P. and 208,771 shares held
     by Second Ventures II, L.P. Presidio Management Group IV, L.P.
     ("Presidio") is the general partner of each of these entities. Presidio
     has five general partners. Each of these general partners shares voting
     and investment power over the shares held by Presidio. Irwin Federman, a
     director of the Company, is a general partner of Presidio. Mr. Federman
     disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entities except
     to the extent of his proportionate interest therein.
 
 (7) Includes 235,088 shares held by Japan Associated Finance Co., Ltd.,
     398,067 shares held by JAFCO G-5 Investment Enterprise Partnership,
     185,981 shares held by JAFCO R-1(A) Investment Enterprise Partnership,
     185,981 shares held by JAFCO R-1(B) Investment Enterprise Partnership,
     170,321 shares held by JAFCO R-2 Investment Enterprise Partnership. Japan
     Associated Finance Co., Inc. is the general partner of each of these
     entities. Also includes 175,439 shares held by U.S. Information
     Technology Investment Enterprise Partnership. Japan Associated Finance
     Co., Inc. and JAFCO America Ventures, Inc. are the general partners of
     U.S. Information Technology Investment Enterprise Partnership.
 
 (8) Includes an option to purchase 30,000 shares, exercisable within 60 days
     of January 31, 1997.
 
 (9) Includes an option to purchase 28,000 shares, exercisable within 60 days
     of January 31, 1997.
 
(10) Includes an option to purchase 150,000 shares, exercisable within 60 days
     of January 31, 1997.
 
 
                                      48
<PAGE>
 
(11) Includes 15,000 shares registered in the name of Lau Sek Lan, 15,000
     shares registered in the name of Yim Lai Ting, 10,000 shares registered
     in the name of Elizabeth T. Lau, 10,000 shares registered in the name of
     Kin Mun Leung, 10,000 shares registered in the name of Christopher K.
     Leung, and 10,000 shares registered in the name of Chung Ki Wong Leung.
     Each such person is a family member of Dr. Leung. Dr. Leung disclaims
     beneficial ownership of such shares. Includes an option to purchase
     225,000 shares exercisable within 60 days of January 31, 1997.
 
(12) Includes 20,000 shares registered in the name of Yuvraj Singh Puar, Mr.
     Puar's brother, and 20,000 shares registered in the name of Nandita Puar,
     Mr. Puar's sister-in-law. Mr. Puar disclaims beneficial ownership of such
     shares. Includes 20,000 shares registered in the name of Dhruv Raj Puar
     and 20,000 shares registered in the name of Rahul Raj Puar, who are Mr.
     Puar's children. Includes an option to purchase 225,000 shares,
     exercisable within 60 days of January 31, 1997.
 
(13) Includes an option to purchase 50,000 shares, exercisable within 60 days
     of January 31, 1997.
 
(14) Includes 20,000 shares registered in the name of Kirk Steven Hayes, as
     Trustee of the Ibrahim Korgav and Sandra Lee Korgav 1989 Irrevocable
     Trust dated 10/2/89. Mr. Korgav may be deemed the beneficial owner of
     such shares. Includes an option to purchase 87,500 shares, exercisable
     within 60 days of January 31, 1997.
 
(15) Includes an option to purchase 90,000 shares, exercisable within 60 days
     of January 31, 1997.
 
                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
  Upon the closing of this Offering, the authorized capital stock of the
Company consists of 60,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value, and
2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.001 par value.
 
  The following summary of certain provisions of the Common Stock and
Preferred Stock does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and
qualified in its entirety by, the provisions of the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation which is included as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus is a part and by the provisions of applicable law.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
  As of January 31, 1997, there were 20,332,205 shares of Common Stock
outstanding (assuming conversion of Preferred Stock and assuming no exercise
of outstanding options or warrants) before giving effect to the sale of Common
Stock offered hereby and before giving effect to the Direct Sales.
 
  The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of
record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Subject to
preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of Preferred
Stock, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably such
dividends, if any, as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds
legally available for the payment of dividends. See "Dividend Policy." In the
event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders
of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after
payment of liabilities and liquidation preferences of any outstanding shares
of Preferred Stock. Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive rights or
rights to convert their Common Stock into any other securities. There are no
redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Common Stock. All
outstanding shares of Common Stock are fully paid and non-assessable, and the
shares of Common Stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be
fully paid and non-assessable.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
  Pursuant to the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation effective
after conversion of previously outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into an
aggregate of 12,259,614 shares of Common Stock, which conversion will be
effected simultaneously with the consummation of this offering, the Board of
Directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to
issue up to 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock in
 
                                      49
<PAGE>
 
one or more series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences,
privileges, and relative participating, optional or special rights and the
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend
rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation
preferences any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the Common
Stock. The Board of Directors, without stockholder approval, can issue
Preferred Stock with voting, conversion or other rights that could adversely
affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of Common Stock.
Preferred Stock could thus be issued quickly with terms calculated to delay or
prevent a change in control of the Company or make removal of management more
difficult. Additionally, the issuance of Preferred Stock may have the effect
of decreasing the market price of the Common Stock, and may adversely affect
the voting and other rights of the holders of Common Stock. At present, there
are no shares of Preferred Stock outstanding and the Company has no plans to
issue any of the Preferred Stock.
 
COMMON STOCK WARRANTS
 
  As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company has warrants outstanding
exercisable to purchase an aggregate of 316,743 shares of Common Stock.
 
  In connection with a software lease entered into in November 1993, the
Company issued to the lessor a warrant to purchase up to an aggregate of
120,000 shares of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock and, upon the closing
of this Offering, such warrant will become a warrant exercisable to purchase
the same number of shares of Common Stock with an exercise price of $.50 per
share and a term of ten years from the date of execution of such warrant.
 
  In connection with an equipment lease, the Company issued two warrants to
purchase up to an aggregate of 91,200 shares of the Company's Series B
Preferred Stock. Upon the consummation of this Offering, one of such warrants,
exercisable for up to 48,000 shares of Series B Preferred, will become
exercisable to purchase the same number of shares of Common Stock with an
exercise price of $.625 per share and a term of ten years from the date of
execution of such warrant or five years from the effective date of the
Company's initial public offering, whichever is longer. The second of such
warrants, exercisable for up to 43,200 shares of Series B Preferred, will
become exercisable to purchase the same number of shares of Common Stock with
an exercise price of $.625 per share and a term of seven years from the date
of execution of such warrant or five years from the effective date of the
Company's initial public offering, whichever is longer.
 
  In connection with a combined software and equipment lease entered into in
July 1994, the Company issued to the lessor a warrant to purchase 36,666
shares of the Company's Series C Preferred Stock and, upon the closing of this
Offering, such warrant will become exercisable to purchase the same number of
shares of Common Stock with an exercise price of $1.50 per share. At the same
time, the Company issued to the lessor a warrant to purchase 15,789 shares of
the Company's Series D Preferred Stock and, upon the of this Offering, such
warrant will become exercisable to purchase the same number of shares of
Common Stock with an exercise price of $2.85 per share. Each of these warrants
is exercisable for a period of seven years from August 1, 1994 or five years
from the effective date of the Company's initial underwritten public offering,
whichever is longer.
 
  In connection with a capital equipment lease entered into in July 1995, the
Company issued to the lessor a warrant to purchase 35,088 shares of the
Company's Series D Preferred Stock and, upon the closing of this Offering,
such warrant will become exercisable to purchase the same number of shares of
Common Stock with an exercise price of $2.85 per share. Each of these warrants
is exercisable until December 31, 2001.
 
  In connection with a combined mask, software and equipment lease entered
into in June 1996, the Company issued to the lessor a warrant to purchase
18,000 shares of the Company's Series D Preferred Stock and, upon the closing
of this Offering, such warrant will become exercisable to purchase the same
number of shares of Common Stock with an exercise price of $5.70 per share.
Each of these warrants is exercisable until December 31, 2001.
 
 
                                      50
<PAGE>
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
  The holders of an aggregate of 12,576,357 shares of Common Stock will be
entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares
under the Securities Act. Under the terms of certain registration rights
agreements, holders of Common Stock benefitting from these rights may require
the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act at its
expense with respect to their shares of Common Stock, and the Company is
required to use its best efforts to effect such registration, subject to
certain conditions and limitations. The rights are subject to certain
conditions and limitations, among them the right of the underwriters of an
offering subject to the registration to limit the number of shares included in
such registration. In addition, if the Company proposes to register any of its
securities under the Securities Act, either for its own account or for the
account of other security holders exercising registration rights, such holders
are entitled to notice of such registration and are entitled to include such
shares of Common Stock in the registration. Furthermore, such holders may
require the Company to file additional registration statements on Form S-3
subject to certain conditions and limitations.
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF DELAWARE LAW
 
  Upon the completion of the Company's reincorporation in the State of
Delaware prior to closing of this offering, the Company will be subject to
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("Section 203"), which,
subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging
in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of
three years following the date that such stockholder became an interested
stockholder, unless: (i) prior to such date, the board of directors of the
corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that
resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (ii) upon
consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an
interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the
voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction
commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares
outstanding those shares owned (a) by persons who are directors and also
officers and (b) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not
have the right to determine confidentiality whether shares held subject to the
plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or (iii) on or subsequent
to such date, the business combination is approved by the Board of Directors
and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by
written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the
outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
  Section 203 defines business combination to include: (i) any merger or
consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder; (ii)
any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets
of the corporation involving the interested stockholder; (iii) subject to
certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer
by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested
stockholder; (iv) any transaction involving the corporation that has the
effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or
series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or
(v) the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans,
advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or
through the corporation. In general, Section 203 defines an interested
stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the
outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person
affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.
 
  The Company's Certificate of Incorporation continues to entitle stockholders
to use cumulative voting in the election of directors and to take action by
written consent.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
  The transfer agent and registrar for the Company's Common Stock is Boston
EquiServe. Its address is 150 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts, 02021, and
its telephone number is 617-575-2000.
 
 
                                      51
<PAGE>
 
LISTING
 
  The Company's Common Stock has been approved for listing on the Nasdaq
National Market under the trading symbol NMGC. The Company has not applied to
list its Common Stock on any other exchange or quotation system. See "Risk
Factors--Absence of Prior Public Market and Possible Volatility of Stock
Price."
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
  Prior to this offering, there has been no market for the Common Stock of the
Company. Therefore, future sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the
public market could adversely affect the prevailing market price from time to
time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available
for sale shortly after this offering because of certain contractual and legal
restrictions on resale (as described below), sales of substantial amounts of
Common Stock of the Company in the public market after the restrictions lapse
could adversely affect the prevailing market price and the ability of the
Company to raise equity capital in the future.
 
  Upon completion of this offering, the Company will have outstanding an
aggregate of 23,332,205 shares of Common Stock, assuming no exercise of the
Underwriters' over-allotment option, no exercise of outstanding options under
the Stock Plan and no issuances of shares pursuant to the Direct Sales. Of
these outstanding shares of Common Stock, the 3,000,000 shares sold in this
offering and any shares sold in the Direct Sales will be freely tradeable
without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Securities Act"), unless purchased by "affiliates" of the
Company as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The
remaining 20,332,205 shares of Common Stock outstanding upon completion of
this offering and held by existing stockholders will be "restricted
securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act
("Restricted Shares").
 
  The holders of 20,134,705 Restricted Shares, including all officers and
directors of the Company, are subject to "lock-up" agreements with the
Representatives of the Underwriters and/or the Company providing that they
will not offer, sell, contract to sell or grant any option to purchase or
otherwise dispose of the shares of Common Stock owned by them or that could be
purchased by them through the exercise of options to purchase Common Stock of
the Company for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without
the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and/or the
Company, as applicable. The Company has agreed with the Representatives of the
Underwriters not to release any holders from such agreements without the prior
written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. Such lock-up agreements
may be released at any time as to all or any portion of the shares subject to
such agreements at the sole discretion of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.
Of the 20,134,705 Restricted Shares that will first become eligible for sale
in the public market 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, 5,524,824
shares will be immediately eligible for sale without restriction under Rule
144(k) or Rule 701, and 14,609,882 shares will be immediately eligible for
sale subject to certain volume and other restrictions pursuant to Rule 144.
All 14,609,882 shares will be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 upon the
expiration of one-year holding periods, all of which will expire on or before
September 15, 1997.
 
  On February 20, 1997, the Securities and Exchange Commission announced the
adoption of certain changes to Rule 144 to reduce the holding period
requirements contained in Rule 144 to permit the resale of limited amounts of
restricted securities by any person after a one-year, rather than a two-year,
holding period. Such amendment also permits unlimited resales of restricted
securities held by non-affiliates of an issuer after a holding period of two
years, rather than three years. Such changes shall become effective on April
29, 1997.
 
  In general, under the new Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this
Prospectus, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who has
beneficially owned Restricted Shares for at least one year, including persons
who may be deemed to be "affiliates" of the Company, would be entitled to sell
within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater of: (i) one percent of the number of shares of Common Stock then
outstanding (which will equal approximately 233,322 shares immediately after
this offering); or (ii)
 
                                      52
<PAGE>
 
the average weekly trading volume of the Common Stock as reported through the
Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of
a Form 144 with respect to such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to
certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the
availability of current public information about the Company. Under Rule
144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of the Company at
any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned
for at least two years the Restricted Shares proposed to be sold (including
the holding period of any prior owner except an affiliate), is entitled to
sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, public
information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.
 
  Subject to certain limitations on the aggregate offering price of a
transaction and certain other conditions, Rule 701 permits resales of shares
issued prior to the date the issuer becomes subject to the reporting
requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act"), pursuant to certain compensatory benefit plans and contracts commencing
90 days after the issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the
Exchange Act, in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain
restrictions, including the holding period requirements, contained in Rule
144. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission has indicated that
Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it
becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with
the shares acquired upon exercise of such options (including exercises after
the date of this Prospectus). Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are
restricted securities and, subject to the contractual restrictions described
above, beginning 90 days after the date of this Prospectus, may be sold by
persons other than affiliates subject only to the manner of sale provisions of
Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with its two-year
minimum holding period requirements.
 
  The Company has also agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares
of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for Common Stock, or enter into any swap or similar agreement
that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of the
Common Stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus,
without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated,
subject to certain limited exceptions.
 
  The Company intends to file a registration statement under the Securities
Act covering approximately 4,868,137 shares of Common Stock subject to
outstanding options or reserved for issuance under the Stock Plan (which
includes a 2,000,000 share increase in the number of shares reserved for
future issuances under the Stock Plan that was approved by the Company's Board
of Directors in December 1996) and 500,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for
issuance under the Purchase Plan. See "Management--Employee Benefit Plans."
Such registration statement is expected to be filed simultaneously with the
effectiveness of the registration statement covering the shares of Common
Stock offered in this offering and will automatically become effective upon
filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will,
subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the
lapsing of the Company's repurchase options, be available for sale in the open
market, except to the extent that such shares are subject to vesting
restrictions with the Company or the contractual restrictions described above.
 
                                 DIRECT SALES
 
  The Company anticipates that concurrently with the closing of the offering
contemplated hereby, Mitsubishi International Corporation ("MIC") and MC
Silicon Valley, Inc. ("MC Silicon Valley") will purchase directly from the
Company shares of Common Stock having a purchase price of $1,000,000 and
$500,000, respectively. The Company anticipates that the shares of Common
Stock will be sold pursuant to stock purchase agreements between the Company
and MIC and MC Silicon Valley, respectively, and anticipates that such
agreements will be executed concurrently with the closing of the offering
contemplated hereby.
 
                                      53
<PAGE>
 
                                 UNDERWRITERS
 
  Under the terms and subject to conditions contained in an Underwriting
Agreement dated the date hereof, the Underwriters named below, for whom Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Montgomery Securities and Robertson, Stephens &
Company LLC are serving as Representatives, have severally agreed to purchase,
and the Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to sell to them,
severally, the respective numbers of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite
their respective names below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       NUMBER OF
        NAME                                                            SHARES
        ----                                                           ---------
   <S>                                                                 <C>
   Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated..................................
   Montgomery Securities..............................................
   Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC..................................
                                                                       ---------
       Total.......................................................... 3,000,000
                                                                       =========
</TABLE>
 
  The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the several
Underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by counsel
and to certain other conditions. The Underwriters are obligated to take and
pay for all of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby (other than those
covered by the over-allotment option described below) if any are taken.
 
  The Underwriters initially propose to offer a portion of the shares of
Common Stock offered hereby directly to the public at the initial public
offering price set forth on the cover page hereof and a portion to certain
dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $    per
share under the initial public offering price. The Underwriters may allow, and
such dealers may re-allow, a concession not in excess of $   per share to
other Underwriters or to certain other dealers.
 
  Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the Company and the Selling
Stockholders have granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable for 30
days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 350,000
shares and 100,000 shares, respectively, of Common Stock at the initial public
offering price set forth on the cover page hereof, less underwriting discounts
and commissions. The Underwriters may exercise such option to purchase solely
for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, incurred in the sale of
the shares of Common Stock offered hereby. To the extent such option is
exercised, each Underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain
conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of such additional
shares as the number set forth next to such Underwriters' name in the
preceding table bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock offered
hereby. If the Underwriters elect to purchase less than all of such additional
shares, the terms of the Underwriting Agreement provide that the Underwriters
shall purchase such additional shares first from the Company and then from the
selling stockholders on a pro rata basis.
 
  The Representatives of the Underwriters have informed the Company that the
Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales in excess of five percent of the
number of shares of Common Stock offered hereby to accounts over which they
exercise discretionary authority.
   
  In order to facilitate the offering of the Common Stock, the Underwriters
may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the
price of the Common Stock. Specifically, the Underwriters may overallot in
connection with the offering, creating a short position in the Common Stock
for their own account. In addition, to cover overallotments or to stabilize
the price of the Common Stock, the Underwriters may bid     
 
                                      54
<PAGE>
 
   
for, and purchase, shares of Common Stock in the open market. Finally, the
underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an
underwriter or dealer for distributing the Common Stock in transactions to
cover syndicate short positions, in stabilization transactions or otherwise.
Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the
Common Stock above independent market levels. The Underwriters are not
required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at
any time.     
 
  The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters have agreed to
indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under
the Securities Act.
 
  See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a description of certain
arrangements by which all Selling Stockholders, officers, directors and
certain other stockholders and option holders of the Company have agreed not
to sell or otherwise dispose of Common Stock or convertible securities of the
Company for up to 180 days after the effective date of the offering, without
the prior consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. The Company has agreed
in the Underwriting Agreement that it will not, directly or indirectly,
without the prior consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, offer, pledge,
sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any
option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or
otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or enter
into any swap or similar agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the
economic risk of ownership of the Common Stock, for a period of 180 days after
the date of this Prospectus.
 
  The Company anticipates that, concurrently with the closing of the offering
contemplated hereby, MIC and MC Silicon Valley will purchase directly from the
Company, and not pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, shares of Common
Stock having a purchase price of $1,000,000 and $500,000, respectively. The
Company anticipates that the shares of Common Stock will be sold pursuant to
stock purchase agreements between the Company and MIC and MC Silicon Valley,
respectively, and anticipates that such agreements will be executed
concurrently with the closing of the offering contemplated hereby.
 
PRICING OF THE OFFERING
 
  Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation
between the Company, representatives of the Selling Stockholders and the
Representatives of the Underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in
determining the initial public offering price will be the future prospects of
the Company and its industry in general, sales, earnings and certain other
financial and operating information of the Company in recent periods, and the
price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and
certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities
similar to those of the Company. The estimated initial public offering price
range set forth on the cover page of this Preliminary Prospectus is subject to
change as a result of market conditions and other factors.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
  Certain legal matters with respect to the legality of the issuance of the
shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the Company and
the Selling Stockholders by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto,
California. Arthur F. Schneiderman, a member of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich &
Rosati, is Secretary of the Company. Certain legal matters in connection with
this offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Venture Law Group, A
Professional Corporation, Menlo Park, California. A director of Venture Law
Group and an investment partnership of which certain directors of Venture Law
Group are general partners beneficially own an aggregate of 40,000 shares of
the Company's Common Stock.
 
                                      55
<PAGE>
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
  The consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of
NeoMagic Corporation at January, 31, 1996 and 1997 and for each of the three
years in the period ended January 31, 1997 appearing in this Prospectus and
Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent
auditors, as set forth in their reports thereon appearing elsewhere herein and
are included in reliance upon such reports given upon the authority of such
firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
  The statements in this Prospectus as set forth under the captions "Risk
Factors--Uncertainty Regarding Patents and Protection of Proprietary Rights"
and "Business--Proprietary Rights," insofar as they relate to patent matters,
have been passed upon by Townsend and Townsend and Crew LLP, Palo Alto,
California, patent counsel to the Company, as experts on such matters.
 
                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
  The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission"), Washington, D.C. 20549, a Registration Statement on Form S-1
under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Common Stock offered
hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in
the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further
information with respect to the Company and the Common Stock offered hereby,
reference is made to the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules
filed therewith. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of
any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete,
and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other
document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such
statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the
Registration Statement, and the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be
inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Commission in Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20549, and at the commission's Regional Offices at 75 Park Place, Room
1400, New York, New York 10007 and Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West
Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such materials
may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at Room
1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and its
principal reference facilities in New York, New York and Chicago, Illinois, at
a prescribed rate. The Commission maintains a World Wide Web site that
contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information
regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission. The
address of the site is http://www.sec.gov.
 
                                      56
<PAGE>
 
                              NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
 
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors ......................... F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets................................................ F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations ..................................... F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity ........................... F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows ..................................... F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ................................ F-7
</TABLE>
 
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
               REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
NeoMagic Corporation
 
  We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of NeoMagic
Corporation as of January 31, 1996 and 1997, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended January 31, 1997. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position
of NeoMagic Corporation at January 31, 1996 and 1997, and the consolidated
results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended January 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
                                                              ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
San Jose, California
February 14, 1997, except for Note 10
as to which the date is February 26, 1997
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                              NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                    PRO FORMA
                                                                  STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                 JANUARY 31,         EQUITY
                                              ------------------   JANUARY 31,
                                                1996      1997        1997
                                              --------  --------  -------------
                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>       <C>       <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents................... $  6,877  $ 13,458
 Restricted cash equivalents.................      --      2,224
 Accounts receivable, less allowance for
  doubtful accounts of $0 at January 31, 1996
  and $25 at January 31, 1997................      138     2,205
 Inventory...................................      331     5,237
 Other current assets........................      181       344
                                              --------  --------
    Total current assets.....................    7,527    23,468
Property, plant and equipment, net...........    1,103     3,395
Other assets.................................      119       601
                                              --------  --------
    Total assets............................. $  8,749  $ 27,464
                                              ========  ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Working capital line of credit.............. $    414  $ 14,224
 Accounts payable............................      569     5,175
 Accrued expenses............................    1,723     1,617
 Current obligations under capital leases....      752     1,054
                                              --------  --------
    Total current liabilities................    3,458    22,070
Noncurrent obligations under capital leases..      749     1,170
Other long-term liabilities..................      --         24
                                              --------  --------
    Total liabilities........................    4,207    23,264
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity:
 Noncumulative convertible preferred stock,
  $.001 par value:
  Authorized shares--12,868,315 (2,000,000
   pro forma)
  Issued and outstanding shares--12,259,614
   at January 31, 1996 and 1997 (no shares
   outstanding pro forma) (aggregate
   liquidation preference $16,913 at January
   31, 1997) ................................       12        12    $    --
 Common stock, $.001 par value:
  Authorized shares--60,000,000
  Issued and outstanding shares--6,922,633 at
   January 31, 1996 and 8,072,591 at January
   31, 1997 (20,332,205 pro forma)...........        7         8          20
 Additional paid-in capital..................   17,302    20,471      20,471
 Notes receivable from stockholders..........     (362)     (822)       (822)
 Deferred compensation.......................      --     (1,889)     (1,889)
 Accumulated deficit.........................  (12,417)  (13,580)    (13,580)
                                              --------  --------    --------
    Total stockholders' equity...............    4,542     4,200    $  4,200
                                              --------  --------    ========
    Total liabilities and stockholders'
     equity.................................. $  8,749  $ 27,464
                                              ========  ========
</TABLE>    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                              NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                     -------------------------
                                                      1995     1996     1997
                                                     -------  -------  -------
<S>                                                  <C>      <C>      <C>
Net sales........................................... $   --   $   243  $40,792
Cost of sales.......................................     --       165   28,650
                                                     -------  -------  -------
Gross profit........................................     --        78   12,142
Operating expenses:
 Research and development...........................   2,423    4,934    8,606
 Sales, general, and administrative.................     968    1,606    6,522
 Legal costs........................................   1,500      610   (1,503)
                                                     -------  -------  -------
    Total operating expenses........................   4,891    7,150   13,625
                                                     -------  -------  -------
Loss from operations................................  (4,891)  (7,072)  (1,483)
Other income (expense), net:
 Interest income and other..........................     194      385    1,366
 Interest expense...................................     (94)    (182)  (1,046)
                                                     -------  -------  -------
    Net loss........................................ $(4,791) $(6,869) $(1,163)
                                                     =======  =======  =======
Pro forma net loss per share........................                   $  (.05)
                                                                       =======
Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per
 share..............................................                    21,754
</TABLE>    
 
 
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                              NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                    NONCUMULATIVE
                     CONVERTIBLE
                   PREFERRED STOCK    COMMON STOCK     ADDITIONAL      NOTES                                   TOTAL
                  ----------------- ------------------  PAID-IN   RECEIVABLE FROM   DEFERRED   ACCUMULATED STOCKHOLDERS'
                    SHARES   AMOUNT   SHARES    AMOUNT  CAPITAL    STOCKHOLDERS   COMPENSATION   DEFICIT      EQUITY
                  ---------- ------ ----------  ------ ---------- --------------- ------------ ----------- -------------
<S>               <C>        <C>    <C>         <C>    <C>        <C>             <C>          <C>         <C>
Balance at
 January 31,
 1994............  3,050,000  $ 3    5,225,000   $ 5    $ 1,502          --             --      $   (757)     $  753
 Conversion of
  outstanding
  common stock
  into Series A
  preferred
  stock..........     10,450  --    (5,225,000)   (5)         5          --             --           --          --
 Issuance of
  common stock in
  exchange for
  promissory
  notes..........        --   --     5,213,550     5        126         (131)           --           --          --
 Issuance of
  common stock
  under stock
  option plan in
  exchange for
  promissory
  notes..........        --   --       625,000     1         30          (31)           --           --          --
 Issuance of
  common stock
  under stock
  option plan....        --   --       344,480   --          14          --             --           --           14
 Exercise of
  Series B
  preferred stock
  warrants.......  2,539,999    3          --    --       1,595          --             --           --        1,598
 Issuance of
  Series C
  preferred
  stock, net of
  issuance costs
  of $20.........  3,839,165    3          --    --       5,736          --             --           --        5,739
 Net loss........        --   --           --    --         --           --             --        (4,791)     (4,791)
                  ----------  ---   ----------   ---    -------        -----        -------     --------      ------
Balance at
 January 31,
 1995............  9,439,614    9    6,183,030     6      9,008         (162)           --        (5,548)      3,313
 Issuance of
  Series D
  preferred
  stock, net of
  issuance costs
  of $18.........  2,820,000    3          --    --       8,044          --             --           --        8,047
 Issuance of
  common stock
  under stock
  option plan....        --   --     1,008,257     1        262         (219)           --           --           44
 Repurchase of
  common stock at
  cost and
  payments on
  promissory
  notes..........        --   --      (268,654)  --         (12)          19            --           --            7
 Net loss........        --   --           --    --         --           --             --        (6,869)     (6,869)
                  ----------  ---   ----------   ---    -------        -----        -------     --------      ------
Balance at
 January 31,
 1996............ 12,259,614   12    6,922,633     7     17,302         (362)           --       (12,417)      4,542
 Issuance of
  common stock
  under stock
  option plan....        --   --     1,465,750     1        997         (592)           --           --          406
 Repurchase of
  common stock at
  cost and
  payments on
  promissory
  notes .........        --   --      (315,792)  --         (92)         109            --           --           17
 Payment of
  promissory
  note...........        --   --           --    --         --            23            --           --           23
 Deferred
  compensation
  relating to
  stock options..        --   --           --    --       2,264          --          (2,264)         --          --
 Amortization of
  deferred
  compensation
  relating to
  stock options..        --   --           --    --                      --             375          --          375
 Net loss........        --   --           --    --         --           --             --        (1,163)     (1,163)
                  ----------  ---   ----------   ---    -------        -----        -------     --------      ------
Balance at
 January 31,
 1997............ 12,259,614  $12    8,072,591   $ 8    $20,471        $(822)       $(1,889)    $(13,580)     $4,200
                  ==========  ===   ==========   ===    =======        =====        =======     ========      ======
</TABLE>    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
                              NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                    YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                    -------------------------
                                                     1995     1996     1997
                                                    -------  -------  -------
<S>                                                 <C>      <C>      <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss........................................... $(4,791) $(6,869) $(1,163)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used
 in operating activities:
 Depreciation and amortization.....................     308      528      813
 Amortization of deferred compensation.............     --       --       375
 Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
   Accounts receivable.............................     --      (138)  (2,067)
   Inventory.......................................     --      (331)  (4,906)
   Other current assets............................      54      (46)    (163)
   Other assets....................................      10     (103)    (482)
   Accounts payable................................     235      314    4,606
   Accrued expenses and other......................   1,471      232      (82)
                                                    -------  -------  -------
Net cash used in operating activities..............  (2,713)  (6,413)  (3,069)
                                                    -------  -------  -------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 Purchases of property, plant, and equipment.......    (917)    (728)  (3,105)
                                                    -------  -------  -------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 Proceeds from sale leaseback liability............     929    1,243    1,689
 Payments on lease liability.......................    (278)    (639)    (966)
 Proceeds from working capital line of credit......     --       414   27,941
 Payments on working capital line of credit........     --       --   (14,131)
 Amounts held as restricted cash equivalents.......     --       --    (2,224)
 Net proceeds from issuances of noncumulative
  convertible preferred stock......................   7,337    8,047      --
 Proceeds from issuance of common stock............      14       51      446
                                                    -------  -------  -------
 Net cash provided by financing activities.........   8,002    9,116   12,755
                                                    -------  -------  -------
 Net increase in cash and cash equivalents.........   4,372    1,975    6,581
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period...     530    4,902    6,877
                                                    -------  -------  -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period......... $ 4,902  $ 6,877  $13,458
                                                    =======  =======  =======
Supplemental schedules of cash flow information
 Cash paid during the year for:
    Interest....................................... $    81  $   153  $ 1,045
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and
 financing activities:
 Conversion of common stock to Series A preferred
  stock............................................ $     5  $   --   $   --
 Issuance of common stock in exchange for
  promissory notes................................. $   162  $   219  $   592
</TABLE>    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                             NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
 Description of Business
 
  NeoMagic Corporation (the "Company") was incorporated on May 26, 1993 in
California and reincorporated in Delaware on February 13, 1997. The Company
designs, develops and markets multimedia accelerator solutions for sale to
notebook PC manufacturers. The Company's MagicWare technology integrates large
DRAM memory with analog and logic circuitry to provide a high performance
multimedia solution on a single chip.
 
 Basis of Presentation
 
  As of January 1996, the Company adopted a fiscal reporting period consisting
of a fifty-two week period ending on the Sunday closest to the January month
end. Fiscal years 1995, 1996 and 1997 ended on January 31, 28, and 26,
respectively. For convenience, the accompanying financial statements have been
presented as ending on the last day of the calendar month.
 
  Prior to fiscal 1997, the Company was in the development stage, primarily
engaged in product development, product testing and the establishment of
strategic relationships with customers and suppliers. Accordingly, the
majority of the Company's operating expenses during such period were related
to research and development activities.
 
 Principals of Consolidation
 
  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its wholly owned subsidiaries, NeoMagic Japan (KK) and NeoMagic
International. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have
been eliminated.
 
 Risks and Uncertainties
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reported period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
  All of the Company's products are currently manufactured by a company in
Japan under the terms of a five-year wafer supply agreement. The Company also
has entered into a five-year wafer supply agreement with another manufacturer
in Japan to commence production of the Company's next generation multimedia
accelerator products. NeoMagic does not expect that a significant portion of
the Company's wafer requirements will be met by the new manufacturer before
calendar 1998. The Company expects that, for the foreseeable future, each of
its products will be single source manufactured. A manufacturing disruption
experienced by either of the Company's manufacturing partners would impact the
production of the Company's products for a substantial period of time, which
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations.
 
  Under the wafer supply agreements, the Company must provide rolling 12-month
forecasts of anticipated purchases and place binding purchase orders four
months prior to shipment. This limits the Company's ability to react to
fluctuations in demand for its products, which can be unexpected and dramatic.
To the extent the Company cannot accurately forecast the number of wafers
required, it may have either a shortage or an excess supply of wafers, which
could have an adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results
of operations.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                             NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
 Foreign Currency Transactions
 
  Foreign operations are measured using the U.S. dollar as the functional
currency. Accordingly, monetary accounts are measured using the foreign
exchange rate at the balance sheet date. Operating accounts and nonmonetary
balance sheet accounts are remeasured at the rate in effect at the date of
transaction. The effects of foreign currency remeasurement are reported in
current operations and have not been material to date.
 
 Derivative Financial Instruments
 
  The Company's wafer inventory purchases are priced in yen. The Company from
time to time enters into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize
foreign currency fluctuation exposures related to these firm purchase
commitments. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for
speculative or trading purposes. The Company's accounting policies for these
instruments are based on the Company's designation of such instruments as
hedging transactions. The criteria the Company uses for designating an
instrument as a hedge include its effectiveness in risk reduction and one-to-
one matching of derivative instruments to underlying transactions. The
settlement dates of the forward contracts are no more than two months from the
date of contract. As of January 31, 1997 there were no outstanding forward
contracts. There were no significant gains or losses related to currency
forward contracts for fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997.
 
 Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
  Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid financial instruments, consisting
of investments in money market funds, commercial paper, and municipal bonds
with original maturities of 90 days or less at the time of acquisition.
 
  Effective as of the beginning of fiscal 1995, the Company adopted Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments
in Debt and Equity Securities" ("FAS 115"). Under FAS 115, management
classifies investments as available-for-sale or held-to maturity at the time
of purchase and periodically reevaluates such designations. Investments in
marketable equity securities and debt securities are classified as held-to-
maturity when the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold the
securities to maturity. Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized
cost with corresponding premiums or discounts amortized to interest income
over the life of the investment. Debt securities not classified as held-to-
maturity are classified as available-for-sale and are reported at fair value.
Unrecognized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities are included,
net of tax, in stockholders' equity until their disposition. Realized gains
and losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary on
available-for-sale securities are included in other income or expense. The
cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.
 
  While the Company's intent is to hold debt securities to maturity, they are
classified as available-for-sale because the sale of such securities may be
required prior to maturity. All are stated at cost, which approximates fair
market value as of January 31, 1996 and 1997, and consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         JANUARY 31, JANUARY 31,
                                                            1996         1997
                                                         ----------- -----------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>
Cash equivalents:
  Money market funds.................................... $   61,000  $ 6,803,000
  Commercial paper......................................  6,479,000    6,594,000
  Municipal bonds.......................................        --       800,000
                                                         ----------  -----------
    Total............................................... $6,540,000  $14,197,000
                                                         ==========  ===========
</TABLE>
 
  The above amounts include $254,000 and $1,970,000 of money market funds and
commercial paper, respectively, classified as restricted cash equivalents as
of January 31, 1997.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
                             NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
  Gross unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities at
January 31, 1996 and 1997 and gross realized gains and losses on sales of
available-for-sale securities during the years ended January 31, 1995, 1996
and 1997 were immaterial.
 
 Inventory
 
  Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is
determined by the first-in, first-out method.
 
 Property, Plant and Equipment
 
  Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated
depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are provided on a
straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the respective assets,
generally three to five years or, in the case of property under capital
leases, over the lesser of the useful life of the assets or lease term.
 
 Revenue Recognition
 
  Revenue from product sales is recognized upon shipment, net of estimated
returns. Although the Company has made no sales to distributors to date, the
Company's policy is that revenue on shipment to distributors are deferred
until the products are sold by the distributor.
 
 Concentration of Credit Risk
 
  The Company sells its products to notebook PC OEMs as well as to third-party
subsystem manufacturers who design and manufacture notebook PC's on behalf of
the brand name OEMs. The Company performs continuing credit evaluations of its
customers and, generally, does not require collateral. Letters of credit may
be required from its customers in certain circumstances.
 
 Research and Development Expenses
 
  Expenditures for research and development are expensed as incurred. In
connection with the Company's product development efforts, it develops
software (none of which is separately sold) that enable the Company's
multimedia accelerator products to work with various personal computer
operating systems. The development of such software generally occurs in
parallel with the related accelerator product development and, accordingly, is
expensed as incurred.
 
 Stock-Based Compensation
 
  In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation" ("FAS 123"). The Company adopted FAS 123 in fiscal 1997. The
Company accounts for employee stock options in accordance with Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25, and has adopted the "disclosure only"
alternative described in FAS 123.
 
 Income Taxes
 
  Income taxes are accounted for under Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" ("FAS 109"). Under this
method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on
differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and
liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates that will be in
effect when the differences are expected to reverse.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
                             NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
 Net Loss Per Share and Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share
 
  Except as noted below, net loss per share is computed using the weighted
average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Common equivalent shares
from convertible preferred stock (using the as-if-converted method) and from
stock options and warrants (using the treasury stock method) have been
excluded from the computation because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive,
except that pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff
Accounting Bulletins, common and common equivalent shares issued by the
Company at prices below the initial public offering price during the twelve-
month period prior to the initial public offering have been included in the
calculation as if they were outstanding for all periods presented (using the
treasury stock method and the estimated initial public offering price). Per
share information calculated on this basis is as follows (in thousands except
per share information):
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEAR ENDED
                                                              JANUARY 31,
                                                           -------------------
                                                           1995   1996   1997
                                                           -----  -----  -----
   <S>                                                     <C>    <C>    <C>
   Net loss per share..................................... $(.59) $(.76) $(.12)
                                                           =====  =====  =====
   Shares used in computing net loss per share............ 8,125  9,062  9,494
</TABLE>    
 
  The pro forma calculation of net loss per share presented in the
consolidated statements of operations is computed as described above and also
gives effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible
preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of the Company's initial
public offering using the as-if-converted method.
 
 Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders' Equity
 
  The Company's unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity as of January 31,
1997 gives effect to the conversion of all convertible preferred stock
outstanding into an aggregate of 12,259,614 shares of common stock, effective
upon the closing of the Company's initial public offering.
 
2. SUMMARIZED BALANCE SHEET DETAILS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              JANUARY 31,
                                                         ----------------------
                                                            1996        1997
                                                         ----------  ----------
   <S>                                                   <C>         <C>
   Inventory:
    Raw materials....................................... $    7,000  $  464,000
    Work in process.....................................    296,000     948,000
    Finished goods......................................     28,000   3,825,000
                                                         ----------  ----------
   Total................................................ $  331,000  $5,237,000
                                                         ==========  ==========
   Property, plant, and equipment:
    Computer equipment and software..................... $1,677,000  $4,288,000
    Furniture and fixtures..............................    143,000     495,000
    Machinery and equipment.............................    138,000     280,000
                                                         ----------  ----------
   Total................................................  1,958,000   5,063,000
    Less accumulated depreciation and amortization......   (855,000) (1,668,000)
                                                         ----------  ----------
   Property, plant, and equipment, net.................. $1,103,000  $3,395,000
                                                         ==========  ==========
   Accrued Expenses:
    Legal accrual....................................... $1,500,000  $      --
    Compensation and related benefits...................    156,000   1,141,000
    Deferred rent.......................................        --      255,000
    Other accruals......................................     67,000     221,000
                                                         ----------  ----------
   Total................................................ $1,723,000  $1,617,000
                                                         ==========  ==========
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-10
<PAGE>
 
                             NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
3. WORKING CAPITAL LINE OF CREDIT
 
  The Company maintains a revolving credit agreement ("Credit Agreement") with
Mitsubishi International. The Credit Agreement is used to provide 90 day
extended credit terms to finance wafer inventory purchases. Borrowings of up
to $15,000,000 under the Credit Agreement are permitted, with a compensating
balance requirement that the Company, unless otherwise notified by Mitsubishi
International, place amounts drawn in excess of $12,000,000 into an escrow
account accessible only with Mitsubishi International's approval. As of
January 31, 1997, $2,224,000 was held in escrow. For periods prior to January
31, 1997, the interest rate under the agreement was based on the lender's
internal interest rate which was required to be at least 1.5% below the prime
rate on the date of invoice, generally approximately thirty days after receipt
of the wafers. The Company also paid a commission of 1.25% to 2.00% based on
the lending level during the prior calendar quarter. The Credit Agreement has
been amended to provide (i) that effective January 1997, Mitsubishi
International's sole compensation for the financing of wafer purchases will be
a commission of 1.75% of wafer purchases and (ii) for 60 day extended credit
terms. The term of the Credit Agreement expires on November 20, 1997, subject
to automatic extensions thereafter from year to year unless a termination
notice is given by either party. Under the terms of the Credit Agreement,
Mitsubishi International maintains a security interest in all inventory, cash
and investments, and accounts and notes receivable of the Company. The Credit
Agreement contains standard events of default which if triggered can permit
Mitsubishi International to declare all amounts outstanding under the Credit
Agreement immediately due and payable. Such events of default include failure
to comply with the terms of the Credit Agreement, bankruptcy and default and
acceleration of any other indebtedness of the Company.
 
4. OBLIGATIONS UNDER CAPITAL LEASES
 
  The Company enters into various capital leases, including sale and leaseback
transactions to finance purchases of property, plant and equipment, software
and masks. As of January 31, 1997, under various lease lines of credit, the
Company had $1,120,000 available for future purchases of property, plant and
equipment, software and masks that expire through June 30, 1997. Obligations
under capital leases represent the present value of future payments under the
equipment lease agreements. Under the terms of the lease agreements, warrants
to purchase the Company's preferred stock have been granted as described in
Note 6. Property, plant and equipment includes the following amounts for
leases that have been capitalized:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             JANUARY 31,
                                                        -----------------------
                                                           1996        1997
                                                        ----------  -----------
   <S>                                                  <C>         <C>
   Property, plant and equipment under capital leases.  $1,710,000  $ 2,686,000
   Accumulated amortization...........................    (744,000)  (1,474,000)
                                                        ----------  -----------
   Net property, plant and equipment under capital
    leases............................................  $  966,000  $ 1,212,000
                                                        ==========  ===========
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-11
<PAGE>
 
                             NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
  Future minimum payments under capital leases consist of the following at
January 31, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                               <C>
   Fiscal year ending January 31:
     1998........................................................... $1,281,000
     1999...........................................................    668,000
     2000...........................................................    619,000
     2001...........................................................     53,000
                                                                     ----------
   Total minimum lease payments.....................................  2,621,000
   Amount representing interest.....................................    397,000
                                                                     ----------
   Present value of net minimum lease payments......................  2,224,000
   Less current portion.............................................  1,054,000
                                                                     ----------
   Long-term portion................................................ $1,170,000
                                                                     ==========
</TABLE>
 
5. INCOME TAXES
 
  As of January 31, 1996 and 1997, the Company had federal net operating loss
carryforwards of approximately $10,800,000 and $13,200,000, respectively. As
of January 31, 1996 and 1997 the Company also had state net operating loss
carryforwards of approximately $2,700,000 and $4,800,000, respectively. The
Company had federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of
approximately $200,000 and $300,000 at January 31, 1996 and 1997,
respectively. The net operating loss and credit carryforwards will expire
beginning in 1999 through 2012, if not utilized.
 
  Utilization of the net operating losses and credits may be subject to an
annual limitation due to the ownership change provision of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986 and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may
result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before
utilization.
 
  Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components
of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities for federal and state
income taxes are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             JANUARY 31,
                                                       ------------------------
                                                          1996         1997
                                                       -----------  -----------
   <S>                                                 <C>          <C>
   Deferred tax assets:
     Net operating loss carryforwards................. $ 3,800,000  $ 4,800,000
     Research credit carryforwards....................     300,000      500,000
     Capitalized research and development.............     200,000      400,000
     Litigation reserve...............................     550,000          --
     Other............................................     150,000          --
                                                       -----------  -----------
       Total deferred tax assets......................   5,000,000    5,700,000
   Valuation allowance................................  (5,000,000)  (5,700,000)
                                                       -----------  -----------
   Net deferred tax assets............................ $       --   $       --
                                                       ===========  ===========
</TABLE>
 
  The valuation allowance increased by $1,900,000, $2,800,000 and $700,000 for
the years ended January 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
                                     F-12
<PAGE>
 
                             NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
6. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
 Noncumulative Convertible Preferred Stock
 
  Preferred stock consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SHARES ISSUED AND
                                       SHARES DESIGNATED        OUTSTANDING
                                     --------------------- ---------------------
                                          JANUARY 31,           JANUARY 31,
                                     --------------------- ---------------------
                                        1996       1997       1996       1997
                                     ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
   <S>                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
   Series A.........................  3,180,450  3,180,450  3,060,450  3,060,450
   Series B.........................  2,631,199  2,631,199  2,539,999  2,539,999
   Series C.........................  4,166,666  4,166,666  3,839,165  3,839,165
   Series D.........................  2,890,000  2,890,000  2,820,000  2,820,000
                                     ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
                                     12,868,315 12,868,315 12,259,614 12,259,614
</TABLE>
 
  The holder of each share of Series A, B, C, and D preferred stock is
entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors,
noncumulative dividends at an annual rate equal to $.04, $.05, $.12, and $.228
per share, respectively. No dividends have been declared to date.
 
  Each share of Series A, B, C, and D preferred stock is convertible, at the
holders' option, into common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to certain
antidilution adjustments. Each share of preferred stock shall automatically be
converted into common stock immediately upon the closing of an underwritten
initial public offering of the Company's common stock for an aggregate
offering price of at least $15,000,000 and at a per share offering price of
not less that $4.25 per share. The preferred stockholders are entitled to one
vote for each share of common stock into which such shares can be converted.
 
  The Series A, B, C, and D preferred stockholders are entitled to liquidation
preferences of $0.50, $0.625, $1.50, and $2.85 per share, respectively,
adjusted for any combinations, consolidations, or stock splits with respect to
such shares and, in addition, an amount equal to all declared but unpaid
dividends for each share of Series A, B, C, and D preferred stock then held.
If the assets and funds distributed among the holders of the Series A, B, C,
and D preferred stock is insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of
the full preferential amount, the entire assets and funds of the Company
legally available for distribution shall be distributed to the holders of the
Series A, B, C, and D preferred stock in proportion to the full preferential
amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive. After payment of
these liquidation preferences, the remaining assets will be distributed to the
holders of common stock and the preferred stock on a pro rata basis as if the
Series A, B, C, and D preferred stock were converted into common stock until
the holders of the Series D preferred stock have received an aggregate amount
equal to $3.28 per share, the holders of Series C preferred stock have
received an aggregate amount equal to $1.80 per share, and the holders of
Series A and B preferred stock have received an aggregate amount equal to $.81
per share. Any remaining amounts will be distributed to the holders of common
stock.
 
                                     F-13
<PAGE>
 
                             NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
 Warrants
 
  The Company periodically grants warrants in connection with certain lease
arrangements. The Company had the following warrants outstanding at January
31, 1997 to purchase shares of preferred stock:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   NUMBER OF  PREFERRED   EXERCISE PRICE  DATE
    SHARES   STOCK SERIES   PER SHARE    ISSUED      EXPIRATION OF WARRANTS
   --------- ------------ -------------- ------ -------------------------------
   <C>       <C>          <C>            <C>    <S>
    120,000        A          $0.50      11/93  November 2003
     48,000        B          $0.625     11/93  Later of November 2003 or five
                                                years after IPO
     43,200        B          $0.625      5/94  Later of May 2001 or five years
                                                after IPO
     36,666        C          $1.50       7/94  Later of August 2001 or five
                                                years after IPO
     15,789        D          $2.85       8/95  Later of August 2001 or five
                                                years after IPO
     35,088        D          $2.85       8/95  December 2001
     18,000        D          $5.70       6/96  December 2001
    -------
    316,743
</TABLE>
 
  All of the outstanding warrants will become exercisable for common stock if
the Company completes an initial public offering of its common stock.
 
 Stock Plan
 
  The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No.
25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB 25") and related
Interpretations in accounting for its employee stock awards because, as
discussed below, the alternative fair value accounting provided for under FASB
Statement No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," ("FAS 123")
requires use of option valuation models that were not developed for use in
valuing employee stock options. Under APB 25, when the exercise price of the
Company's employee stock options equals the market price of the underlying
stock on the date of grant, no compensation is recognized.
 
  In July 1993, the Company adopted the 1993 Stock Plan (the "Plan") whereby
the Board of Directors may grant incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock
options and stock purchase rights to employees, consultants, and directors.
The Company has reserved 7,775,000 shares of common stock for issuance under
the Plan. Unless terminated sooner, the Plan will terminate automatically in
December 2003. Vesting provisions for stock purchase rights and options
granted under the Plan are determined by the Board of Directors. Stock options
expire no later than ten years from the date of grant. In the event of
voluntary or involuntary termination of employment with the Company for any
reason, with or without cause, all unvested options are forfeited and all
vested options must be exercised within a thirty-day period or they are
forfeited. Options and stock purchase rights are exercisable immediately upon
grant. However, common shares issued on exercise of options prior to vesting
are subject to repurchase by the Company if the holder is no longer employed
by the Company. As of January 31, 1997, 2,372,810 shares of common stock were
subject to this repurchase provision.
 
 
                                     F-14
<PAGE>
 
                             NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  A summary of the Company's stock option activity, and related information
for the three years ended January 31, 1997 follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        WEIGHTED
                                                            NUMBER OF   AVERAGE
                                                              SHARES    EXERCISE
                                                            (OPTIONS)    PRICE
                                                            ----------  --------
   <S>                                                      <C>         <C>
   Balance at January 31, 1994                                     --      --
    Granted................................................  1,317,000   $ .07
    Exercised..............................................   (969,480)    .05
    Canceled...............................................    (30,000)    .05
                                                            ----------
   Balance at January 31, 1995.............................    317,520     .15
    Granted................................................  1,448,100     .27
    Exercised.............................................. (1,008,257)    .26
    Canceled...............................................   (182,863)    .22
                                                            ----------
   Balance at January 31, 1996.............................    574,500     .22
    Granted................................................  3,385,000    3.02
    Exercised.............................................. (1,465,750)    .61
    Canceled...............................................    (53,000)    .77
                                                            ----------
   Balance at January 31, 1997.............................  2,440,750   $3.86
                                                            ==========
</TABLE>
 
  At January 31, 1997, options to purchase 57,125 shares of common stock were
vested at prices ranging from $.15 to $7.50 and 2,427,387 shares of common
stock were available for future grants under the Plan.
 
  The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding
at January 31, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  OPTIONS OUTSTANDING AND
                                                        EXERCISABLE
                                              --------------------------------
                                                           WEIGHTED
                                                            AVERAGE   WEIGHTED
                                                           REMAINING  AVERAGE
                                                NUMBER    CONTRACTUAL EXERCISE
      RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES                OUTSTANDING    LIFE      PRICE
      ------------------------                ----------- ----------- --------
      <S>                                     <C>         <C>         <C>
      $0.15 -- $0.80.........................    995,250     9.01      $0.71
      $1.00 -- $2.50.........................    212,000     9.51       1.33
      $3.50 -- $7.50.........................  1,233,500     9.87       6.83
                                               ---------
                                               2,440,750     9.49      $3.86
                                               =========
</TABLE>
 
 
  Pro forma information regarding net loss and net loss per share is required
by FAS 123, which also requires that the information be determined as if the
Company has accounted for its employee stock options granted subsequent to
January 31, 1995 under the fair value method. The fair value for these options
was estimated at the date of grant using the minimum value method with the
below weighted-average assumptions for fiscal 1996 and 1997. The fair value of
stock options granted subsequent to January 31, 1997 will be estimated using
the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The minimum value method differs from
methods designed to estimate the fair value of an option, such as the Black-
Scholes option pricing model, because it does not consider the effect of
expected volatility.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEARS
                                                                      ENDING
                                                                      JANUARY
                                                                        31,
                                                                     ----------
                                                                     1996  1997
                                                                     ----  ----
      <S>                                                            <C>   <C>
      Risk-free interest rates...................................... 5.6%  6.3%
      Dividend yield................................................   0%    0%
      Volatility....................................................   0%    0%
      Expected life of option in years.............................. 5.0   4.7
</TABLE>
 
 
                                     F-15
<PAGE>
 
                             NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating
the fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions and are
fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of
highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility.
Because the Company's employee stock options have characteristics
significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in
the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value
estimate, in management's opinion, the existing models do not necessarily
provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its employee stock
options.
 
  For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the
options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting period. The
Company's pro forma information follows (in thousands, except for per share
information):
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEARS ENDING
                                                                JANUARY 31,
                                                              ----------------
                                                               1996     1997
                                                              -------  -------
      <S>                                                     <C>      <C>
      Pro forma net loss..................................... $(6,873) $(1,316)
      Pro forma net loss per share........................... $  (.76) $  (.14)
</TABLE>    
 
  The pro forma net loss per share above does not assume the conversion of
preferred stock effective upon the closing of the Company's initial public
offering, and is calculated using the weighted average number of shares of
common stock outstanding as described in Note 1. The effects on pro forma
disclosures of applying FAS 123 are not likely to be representative of the
effects on pro forma disclosures in future years.
 
  The weighted average fair value of options granted during the years ended
January 31, 1996 and 1997 were $.06 and $.80, respectively.
 
  Because FAS 123 is applicable only to options granted subsequent to January
31, 1995, its pro forma effect will not be fully reflected until fiscal 1999.
   
 Deferred Stock Compensation     
   
  In connection with the grant of certain stock options to employees in the
year ended January 31, 1997, the Company recorded deferred compensation of
$2,264,000 for the difference between the deemed fair value of common stock
for accounting purposes and the option exercise price at the date of grant.
Such amount is presented as a reduction of stockholders' equity and is
amortized ratably over the vesting period of the related options.     
 
 Proposed Public Offering of Common Stock
 
  On October 10, 1996, the Board of Directors authorized management of the
Company to file a Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange
Commission permitting the Company to sell shares of its common stock in an
initial public offering. If the initial public offering is consummated as
presently anticipated, all of the currently outstanding preferred stock will
automatically convert into 12,259,614 shares of common stock. Unaudited pro
forma stockholders' equity at January 31, 1997 gives effect to the conversion
of 12,259,614 shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common
stock upon the closing of the Company's initial public offering.
 
                                     F-16
<PAGE>
 
                             NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
  The Company's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "1997 Purchase Plan")
was adopted by the Board of Directors in December 1996. A total of 500,000
shares of common stock has been reserved for issuance under the 1997 Purchase
Plan. The 1997 Purchase Plan, which is intended to qualify under Section 423
of the Internal Revenue Code, is implemented by consecutive and overlapping
twenty-four month offering periods that begin every six months, commencing
after the completion of the initial public offering. Each twenty-four month
offering period includes four six-month purchase periods, during which payroll
deductions are accumulated and at the end of which shares of common stock are
purchased with a participant's accumulated payroll deductions, except for the
first such offering period which commences on the first trading day on or
after the effective date of the initial public offering. The 1997 Purchase
Plan permits eligible employees to purchase common stock through payroll
deductions of up to 10% of an employee's compensation. The price of common
stock to be purchased under the 1997 Purchase Plan will be 85% of the lower of
the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning of the offering
period or at the end of the relevant purchase period.
 
 Common Stock
 
  On January 28, 1997 the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation
such that the authorized common stock became 60,000,000 shares.
 
 Preferred Stock
 
  On December 12, 1996, the Board of Directors approved an amendment to the
Certificate of Incorporation to allow, upon the completion of the initial
public offering, the issuance of up to 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock and
to determine the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions,
including voting rights of those shares without any further vote or action by
the stockholders.
 
7. SAVINGS PLAN
 
  The Company maintains a savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal
Revenue Code. Under the plan, employees may contribute up to 20% of their pre-
tax salaries per year, but not more than the statutory limits. The Company
does not contribute to the plan.
 
8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
 Commitments
 
  In May 1996 the Company moved its principal headquarters to a new facility
in Santa Clara, California, under a noncancellable operating lease that
expires in April 2003. The Company also leases a sales office under an
operating lease that expires in February 1997. Future minimum lease payments
under operating leases at January 31, 1997 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                               <C>
   Fiscal year ending January 31:
    1998............................................................ $  779,000
    1999............................................................    830,000
    2000............................................................    857,000
    2001............................................................    884,000
    2002............................................................    911,000
    Thereafter......................................................  1,175,000
                                                                     ----------
   Total minimum lease payments..................................... $5,436,000
                                                                     ==========
</TABLE>
 
 
                                     F-17
<PAGE>
 
                             NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  Rental expense under operating leases was $70,000, $97,000 and $647,000, for
the years ended January 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
  In fiscal 1997, the Company began subletting a portion of its main operating
facility under operating leases expiring through March 1998. As of January 31,
1997, future minimum rentals to be received under noncancelable subleases
totaled $268,000 and $42,000, for the years ending January 31, 1998 and 1999,
respectively. Rental income for the year ended January 31, 1997 was $175,000.
 
 Contingencies
 
  In November 1994, one of the Company's competitors (the "plaintiff") filed
an action against the Company, five of its employees, and its Chairman of the
Board of Directors. The plaintiff alleged that the Company interfered with
employment agreements, and misappropriated certain of the plaintiff's trade
secrets. In June 1996, the litigation was dismissed and no amounts were
required to be paid by the Company. The settlement agreement which gave rise
to the dismissal did however include a non-solicitation provision and certain
contingent cross-licensing provisions. In fiscal 1995 and 1996, the Company
recorded charges to operations totaling $1,500,000 and $610,000, respectively,
for estimated legal costs related to the litigation. In the second quarter of
fiscal 1997, due to the dismissal of the litigation, legal costs were reduced
by $1,503,000 due to the reversal of previously estimated legal fees.
 
  In October 1996 the Company was notified by two of its customers that they
had received a letter from the holder of a United States patent asserting that
the video graphics subsystem in such customers' notebook PCs, which use the
Company's products, infringe certain claims of the patent. The Company
believes that these assertions are without merit.
 
9. SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS AND EXPORT SALES
 
  For the year ended January 31, 1996, three customers accounted for 34.6%,
28.6% and 14.4%, respectively, of net sales. During the year ended January 31,
1997, three customers accounted for 31.6%, 19.8% and 14.6%, respectively, of
net sales. Net sales to customers in Asia-Pacific, Japan, and the United
States totaled 82%, 8% and 10%, respectively, of net sales for the year ended
January 31, 1996 and 61.7%, 34.5% and 3.8%, respectively, of net sales for the
year ended January 31, 1997.
 
10. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
  In late February 1997, the Company received a written notice from Cirrus
Logic asserting that the Company's MagicGraph128, MagicGraph128V and
MagicGraph128ZV products infringe three United States patents held by this
competitor. The Company believes, based upon advice rendered by its patent
counsel, that the Company's MagicGraph128, MagicGraph128V and MagicGraph128ZV
products do not infringe any of the claims of these patents. However, there
can be no assurance that Cirrus Logic will not file a lawsuit against the
Company or that the Company would prevail in such litigation.
 
                                     F-18
<PAGE>
 
 
 
                 [LOGO OF NEOMAGIC CORPORATION APPEARS HERE]

 
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II
 
                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
  The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in
connection with the sale of Common Stock being registered. All amounts are
estimates except the registration fee and the NASD filing fee.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        AMOUNT
                                                                        TO BE
                                                                         PAID
                                                                       --------
<S>                                                                    <C>
Printer Fee and Expenses.............................................. $200,000
Registration Fee......................................................   10,455
NASD Fee..............................................................    3,950
Nasdaq Listing Fee....................................................   50,000
Legal Fees and Expenses...............................................  300,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses..........................................  200,000
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses............................................   10,000
Transfer Agent Fees...................................................    5,000
Miscellaneous.........................................................  120,595
                                                                       --------
  Total............................................................... $900,000
                                                                       ========
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
  As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the
Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation includes a provision that eliminates
the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for breach or
alleged breach of their duty of care. In addition, as permitted by Section 145
of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Bylaws of the Registrant provide
that: (i) the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and executive
officers and persons serving in such capacities in other business enterprises
(including, for example, subsidiaries of the Registrant) at the Registrant's
request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including in those
circumstances in which indemnification would otherwise be discretionary; (ii)
the Registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those
circumstances where indemnification is not required bylaw; (iii) the
Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and
executive officers in connection with defending a proceeding (except that it
is not required to advance expenses to a person against whom the Registrant
brings a claim for breach of the duty of loyalty, failure to act in good
faith, intentional misconduct, knowing violation of law or deriving an
improper personal benefit; (iv) the rights conferred in the Bylaws are not
exclusive, and the Registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification
agreements with its directors, executive officers and employees; and (v) the
Registrant may not retroactively amend the Bylaw provisions in a way that it
adverse to such directors, executive officers and employees.
 
  The Registrant's policy is to enter into indemnification agreements with
each of its directors and executive officers that provide the maximum
indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law and the Bylaws, as well as certain additional
procedural protections. In addition, such indemnity agreements provide that
directors and executive officers will be indemnified to the fullest possible
extent not prohibited by law against all expenses (including attorney's fees)
and settlement amounts paid or incurred by them in any action or proceeding,
including any derivative action by or in the right of the Registrant, on
account of their services as directors or executive officers of the Registrant
or as directors or officers of any other Company or enterprise when they are
serving in such capacities at the request of the Registrant. The Company will
not be obligated pursuant to the indemnity agreements to indemnify or advance
expenses to an indemnified party with respect to proceedings or claims
initiated by the indemnified party and not
 
                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
by way of defense, except with respect to proceedings specifically authorized
by the Board of Directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification
under the indemnity agreement, the Company's Bylaw/s or any statute or law.
Under the agreements, the Company is not obligated to indemnify the
indemnified party (i) for any expenses incurred by the indemnified party with
respect to any proceeding instituted by the indemnified party to enforce or
interpret the agreement, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that
each of the material assertions made by the indemnified party in such
proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous; (ii) for any amounts
paid in settlement of a proceeding unless the Company consents to such
settlement; (iii) with respect to any proceeding brought by the Company
against the indemnified party for willful misconduct, unless a court
determines that each of such claims was not made in good faith or was
frivolous; (iv) on account of any suit in which judgment is rendered against
the indemnified party for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or
sale by the indemnified party of securities of the Company pursuant to the
provisions of (S) 16(b) of the Exchange Act and related laws; (v) on account
of the indemnified party's conduct which is finally adjudged to have been
knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest, or to constitute willful
misconduct or a knowing violation of the law; (vi) an account of any conduct
from which the indemnified party derived an improper personal benefit; (vii)
on account of conduct the indemnified party believed to be contrary to the
best interests of the Company or its stockholders; (vii) on account of conduct
that constituted a breach of the indemnified party's duty of loyalty to the
Company or its stockholders; or (ix) if a final decision by a court having
jurisdiction in the matter shall determine that such indemnification is not
lawful.
 
  The indemnification provision in the Bylaws and the indemnification
agreements entered into between the Registrant and its directors and executive
officers, may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the
Registrant's officers and directors for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act.
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
  Since January, 1994, the Registrant has issued and sold the following
securities:
 
    1. From February 1, 1994 to January 31, 1997, the Registrant has issued
  and sold 3,443,487 shares of Common Stock to directors, employees and
  consultants at prices ranging from $.025 to $3.50 per share upon exercise
  of stock options and restricted stock purchase rights pursuant to the
  Registrant's 1993 Stock Plan. Such issuances were made in reliance upon the
  exemption from registration set forth in Rule 701 promulgated under the
  Securities Act or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
    2. On July 20, 1993 and September 16, 1993, the Company sold in the
  aggregate 3,060,450 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to a group of 7
  third party venture capital, institutional and individual investors at a
  price per share of $.50 for aggregate cash consideration of $1,530,225 and
  warrants to a group of 7 third party venture capitial, institutional and
  individual investors to purchase in the aggregate 2,539,999 shares of
  Series B Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $.0001 per warrant for
  aggregate cash consideration of $254 and an exercise price of $.625 per
  warrant. Such issuances were made in reliance upon the exemption contained
  in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
    3. On February 11, 1994, the Company issued an aggregate of 10,250 shares
  of Series A Preferred Stock to founders of the Company in exchange for an
  aggregate of 5,125,000 shares of Common Stock held by such persons. Such
  issuances were made in reliance upon the exemption contained in Section
  4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
    4. On March 4, 1994, the Company sold in the aggregate 4,989,000 shares
  of Common Stock at a price per share of $.025 to five executive officers of
  the Company in consideration of execution and delivery of promissory notes
  to the Company in the aggregate principal amount of $124,725. Such
  issuances were made in reliance upon the exemption contained in Section
  4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
    5. On March 10, 1994, the Company issued 2,539,999 shares of Series B
  Preferred Stock to a group of 7 third party venture capital, institutional
  and individual investors, at a price per share of $.625 for aggregate cash
  consideration of $1,587,499 pursuant to the exercise of warrants issued on
  July 20, 1993 and September 16, 1993. Such issuances were made in reliance
  upon the exemption contained in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
    6. On June 15, 1994, the Company sold in the aggregate 300,000 shares of
  Common Stock at a purchase price of $.05 per share to an executive officer
  of the Company in consideration of execution and delivery of promissory
  notes to the Company in the aggregate principal amount of $124,725. Such
  issuance was made in reliance upon the exemption from registration set
  forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
    7. On July 6, 1994 and August 30, 1994, the Company sold in the aggregate
  3,839,165 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to a group of 16 third party
  venture capital, institutional and individual investors at a price per
  share of $1.50 for aggregate cash consideration of $5,758,747.50. Such
  issuances were made in reliance upon the exemption contained in Section
  4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
    8. On June 30, 1995 and August 10, 1995, the Company sold in the
  aggregate 2,820,000 shares of Series D Preferred to a group of 34 third
  party venture capital, institutional and individual investors at a price
  per share of $2.85 for aggregate cash consideration of $8,037,000. Such
  issuances were made in reliance upon the exemption contained in Section
  4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
    9. On November 9, 1995, the Company sold in the aggregate 470,000 shares
  of Common Stock of the Company to two executive officers of the Company at
  a price per share of $.285 in consideration of execution and delivery of
  promissory notes to the Company in the aggregate principal amount of
  $133,450. Such issuances were made in reliance upon the exemption from
  registration set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
    The issuances of securities described in paragraphs 1-9 of Item 15 (other
  than the issuances to employees in reliance on rule 701 of the Securities
  Act) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in
  reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer
  not involving any public offering. Such exemption was based upon the
  limited number and the class of the purchasers, the purchasers' access to
  information concerning the Company's business and the purchasers' stated
  intention to hold their shares for investment purposes only.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
  (a) Exhibits
 
<TABLE>   
 <C>     <S>
  1.1+   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1+   Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.
  3.2+   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
         Registrant to be filed upon the closing of the Offering made under the
         Registration Statement.
  3.3+   Bylaws of Registrant.
  4.1*   Form of Registrant's Common Stock Certificate.
  4.2+   Second Amended Rights Agreement, dated as of June 30, 1995, between
         Registrant and the parties indicated therein.
  4.3*   Form of Stock Purchase Agreement between Registrant and MC Silicon
         Valley, Inc.
  4.4*   Form of Stock Purchase Agreement between Registrant and Mitsubishi
         International Corporation.
  5.1    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
 10.1+   Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by Registrant with each
         of its directors and executive officers.
 10.2+   Amended and Restated 1993 Stock Plan and related agreements.
 10.3+   Second Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated as of June 30,
         1995, between Registrant and the parties indicated therein (included
         in Exhibit 4.2).
 10.4**+ Wafer Supply Agreement, dated as of January 21, 1997, between NeoMagic
         International Corporation, actually-owned subsidiary of Registrant,
         and Mitsubishi Electric Corporation.
 10.5+   Form of promissory note.
 10.6+   Lease Agreement, dated as of February 5, 1996, between Registrant and
         A&P Family Investments, as landlord.
 10.7+   Sublease Agreement, dated as of June 25, 1996, between Registrant and
         PlanetWeb, Inc.
</TABLE>    
 
                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
 <C>      <S>
 10.8+    Master Lease Agreement, as amended, dated as of November 24, 1993,
          between Registrant and Comdisco, Inc., and certain exhibits thereto.
 10.9+    Master Lease Agreement, dated as of July 19, 1995, between Registrant
          and Venture Lending & Leasing, Inc., and certain exhibits thereto.
 10.10+   Agreement, dated as of November 20, 1995, between Registrant and
          Mitsubishi International Corporation as amended.
 10.11+   General Security Agreement, dated November 15, 1995, between
          Registrant and Mitsubishi International Corporation.
 10.12+   Escrow Agreement, dated September 27, 1996, between Registrant and
          Mitsubishi International Corporation.
 10.13+   1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, with exhibits thereto.
 10.14**  Settlement Agreement, dated as of March 8, 1996, by and between
          Registrant and Cirrus Logic, Inc.
 10.15**  Wafer Supply Agreement, dated as of January 21, 1997, between
          NeoMagic International Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of
          Registrant, and Toshiba Corporation.
 10.16**+ Product Joint Development Agreement, dated as of January 21, 1997,
          between NeoMagic International Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary
          of Registrant and Toshiba Corporation.
 10.17+   Master Lease Agreement, dated as of June 28, 1996, between Registrant
          and Venture Lending & Leasing, Inc., and certain exhibits thereto.
 10.18+   Sublease Agreement, dated as of June 11, 1996, between Registrant and
          Juniper Networks, Inc.
 11.1+    Statement of computation of Net Loss Per Share and Pro Forma Net Loss
          Per Share.
 21.1+    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
 23.1     Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
          (included in Exhibit 5.1).
 23.2     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors (See page II-7).
 23.3     Consent of Townsend and Townsend and Crew (See page II-8).
 24.1+    Power of Attorney.
 27+      Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>    
- --------
 * To be supplied by amendment.
   
** Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions
   of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the
   Securities and Exchange Commission.     
 + Previously filed.
       
  (b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
    Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 
  Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information
required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the
financial statements or notes thereto.
 
                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
 
  The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters at the
closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this
Registration Statement or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in
the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities
being registered hereunder, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its
counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a
court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by
it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.
 
  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
    (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
  the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this
  Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form
  of Prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
  497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
  Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
    (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
  Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall
  be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities
  offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
  deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                     II-5
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES
   
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THE REGISTRANT
HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE
UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF PALO ALTO, STATE OF
CALIFORNIA, ON THIS 12TH DAY OF MARCH, 1997     
 
                                          Neomagic Corporation
                                            
                                          By      /s/ Prakash C. Agarwal
                                            -----------------------------------
                                             PRAKASH C. AGARWAL PRESIDENT AND
                                                  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE
CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.

<TABLE>     
<CAPTION> 
 
             SIGNATURES                        TITLE                 DATE
             ----------                        -----                 ----
<S>                                    <C>                      <C> 
 
          Kamran Elahian *             Chairman of the          March 12, 1997
- -------------------------------------   Board                   
           KAMRAN ELAHIAN                                       
 
       /s/ Prakash C. Agarwal          President and Chief      March 12, 1997
- -------------------------------------   Executive Officer       
         PRAKASH C. AGARWAL             (Principal              
                                        Executive Officer)
 
         /s/ Merle McClendon           Vice President of        March 12, 1997
- -------------------------------------   Finance and             
           MERLE MCCLENDON              Administration,         
                                        Chief Financial
                                        Officer (Principal
                                        Financial and
                                        Accounting Officer)
 
          Brian Dougherty *            Director                 March 12, 1997
- -------------------------------------                           
           BRIAN DOUGHERTY                                      
 
          Irwin Federman *             Director                 March 12, 1997
- -------------------------------------                           
           IRWIN FEDERMAN                                       
 
            James Lally *              Director                 March 12, 1997
- -------------------------------------                           
             JAMES LALLY                                        
 
          Michael Moritz *             Director                 March 12, 1997
- -------------------------------------                           
           MICHAEL MORITZ                                       
 
*By      /s/ Merle McClendon
  ----------------------------------
           MERLE MCCLENDON
          ATTORNEY-IN-FACT

</TABLE>      
 
                                     II-6
<PAGE>
 
              CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG, LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
   
  We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to
the use of our reports dated February 14, 1997, except for Note 10 as to which
the date is February 26, 1997 in Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement
(Form S-1 No. 333-20031) and related Prospectus of NeoMagic Corporation for
the registration of 3,664,000 shares of its Common Stock.     
 
                                                          /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
San Jose, California
   
March 12, 1997     
 
                                     II-7
<PAGE>
 
                   CONSENT OF TOWNSEND AND TOWNSEND AND CREW
 
  We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions "Experts," "Risk
Factors--Uncertainty Regarding Patents and Protection of Proprietary Rights"
and "Business--Proprietary Rights" in the Registration Statement on Form S-1
and related Prospectus of NeoMagic Corporation.
 
                                          Townsend and Townsend and Crew
 
                                            
                                          By        /s/ Paul C. Haughey
                                            -----------------------------------
                                                 PAUL C. HAUGHEY, PARTNER
 
Palo Alto, California
   
March 12, 1997     
 
                                     II-8
<PAGE>
 
              REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG, LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
  We have audited the consolidated financial statements of NeoMagic
Corporation as of January 31, 1996 and 1997 and for each of the three years in
the period ended January 31, 1997, and have issued our report thereon dated
February 14, 1997, except for Note 10 as to which the date is February 26,
1997 (included elsewhere in this Registration Statement). Our audits also
included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b) of this
Registration Statement. This schedule is the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.
 
  In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
                                                           /s/Ernst & Young LLP
 
San Jose, California
   
February 26,
 1997     
 
                                      S-1
<PAGE>
 
                                                                     SCHEDULE II
 
                              NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
 
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 BALANCE AT CHARGES TO
                                 BEGINNING   COST AND   ACCOUNTS    BALANCE AT
                                  OF YEAR    EXPENSE   WRITTEN-OFF END OF PERIOD
                                 ---------- ---------- ----------- -------------
<S>                              <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
  Year ended January 31, 1995...    --          --         --           --
  Year ended January 31, 1996...    --          --         --           --
  Year ended January 31, 1997...    --         $25         --          $25
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-2
<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT                                                          SEQUENTIALLY
  NUMBER                       DESCRIPTION                        NUMBERED PAGE
 -------                       -----------                        -------------
 <C>      <S>                                                     <C>
  1.1+    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1+    Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.
  3.2+    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of
          Incorporation of Registrant to be filed upon the
          closing of the Offering made under the Registration
          Statement.
  3.3+    Bylaws of Registrant.
  4.1*    Form of Registrant's Common Stock Certificate.
  4.2+    Second Amended Rights Agreement, dated as of June 30,
          1995, between Registrant and the parties indicated
          therein.
  4.3*    Form of Stock Purchase Agreement between Registrant
          and MC Silicon Valley, Inc.
  4.4*    Form of Stock Purchase Agreement between Registrant
          and Mitsubishi International Corporation.
  5.1     Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati,
          Professional Corporation.
 10.1+    Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by
          Registrant with each of its directors and executive
          officers.
 10.2+    Amended and Restated 1993 Stock Plan and related
          agreements.
 10.3+    Second Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated
          as of June 30, 1995, between Registrant and the
          parties indicated therein (included in Exhibit 4.2).
 10.4**+  Wafer Supply Agreement, dated as of January 21, 1997,
          between NeoMagic International Corporation, actually-
          owned subsidiary of Registrant, and Mitsubishi
          Electric Corporation.
 10.5+    Form of promissory note.
 10.6+    Lease Agreement, dated as of February 5, 1996,
          between Registrant and A&P Family Investments, as
          landlord.
 10.7+    Sublease Agreement, dated as of June 25, 1996,
          between Registrant and PlanetWeb, Inc.
 10.8+    Master Lease Agreement, as amended, dated as of
          November 24, 1993, between Registrant and Comdisco,
          Inc., and certain exhibits thereto.
 10.9+    Master Lease Agreement, dated as of July 19, 1995,
          between Registrant and Venture Lending & Leasing,
          Inc., and certain exhibits thereto.
 10.10+   Agreement, dated as of November 20, 1995, between
          Registrant and Mitsubishi International Corporation
          as amended.
 10.11+   General Security Agreement, dated November 15, 1995,
          between Registrant and Mitsubishi International
          Corporation.
 10.12+   Escrow Agreement, dated September 27, 1996, between
          Registrant and Mitsubishi International Corporation.
 10.13+   1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, with exhibits
          thereto.
 10.14**  Settlement Agreement, dated as of March 8, 1996, by
          and between Registrant and Cirrus Logic, Inc.
 10.15**  Wafer Supply Agreement, dated as of January 21, 1997,
          between NeoMagic International Corporation, a wholly-
          owned subsidiary of Registrant, and Toshiba
          Corporation.
 10.16**+ Product Joint Development Agreement, dated as of
          January 21, 1997, between NeoMagic International
          Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Registrant
          and Toshiba Corporation.
 10.17+   Master Lease Agreement, dated as of June 28, 1996,
          between Registrant and Venture Lending & Leasing,
          Inc., and certain exhibits thereto.
 10.18+   Sublease Agreement, dated as of June 11, 1996,
          between Registrant and Juniper Networks, Inc.
 11.1+    Statement of computation of Net Loss Per Share and
          Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share.
 21.1+    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
 23.1     Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati,
          Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
 23.2     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors
          (See page II-7).
</TABLE>    
<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT                                                       SEQUENTIALLY
 NUMBER                      DESCRIPTION                       NUMBERED PAGE
 -------                     -----------                       -------------
 <C>     <S>                                                   <C>
 23.3    Consent of Townsend and Townsend and Crew (See page
         II-8).
 24.1+   Power of Attorney.
 27+     Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
- --------
 * To be supplied by amendment.
   
** Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions
   of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the
   Securities and Exchange Commission.     
 + Previously filed.
       

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 5.1
   
NeoMagic Corporation     
3260 Jay Street
Santa Clara, CA 95054
 
RE: REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-1
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
   
  We have examined the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by you with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 21, 1997 (Registration No.
333-20031) (the "Registration Statement"), in connection with the registration
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of up to 3,000,000 shares of
your Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the "Shares"). The Shares
include an over-allotment option granted to the underwriters of the offering
to purchase 450,000 shares. We understand that the Shares are to be sold to
the underwriters of the offering for resale to the public as described in the
Registration Statement. As your legal counsel, we have examined the
proceedings taken, and are familiar with the proceedings proposed to be taken,
by you in connection with the sale and issuance of the Shares.     
 
  It is our opinion that, upon completion of the proceedings being taken or
contemplated by us, as your counsel, to be taken prior to the issuance of the
Shares, including the proceedings being taken in order to permit such
transaction to be carried out in accordance with applicable state securities
laws, the Shares, when issued and sold in the manner described in the
Registration Statement and in accordance with the resolutions adopted by the
Board of Directors of the Company, will be legally and validly issued, fully
paid and nonassessable.
 
  We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement and further consent to the use of our name wherever appearing in the
Registration Statement, including the prospectus constituting a part thereof,
and any amendments thereto.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
 
                                          WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI
                                          Professional Corporation
 
                                          /s/ Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 11.1

     EXHIBIT 11.1 COMPUTATION OF NET LOSS AND PRO FORMA NET LOSS PER SHARE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Year Ended January 31,            
                                              ---------------------------------------- 
                                                 1995          1996            1997     
                                              -----------   -----------    ----------- 
<S>                                           <C>           <C>            <C>          
Net loss                                      $(4,791,000)  $(6,869,000)   $(1,163,000)
Weighted average common shares outstanding      5,425,408     6,362,535      6,794,792
Shares related to Staff Accounting   
   Bulletin Topic 4D:                                                                                                    
     Common stock (1)                             413,093       413,093        413,093
     Common stock options (2)                   2,278,601     2,278,601      2,278,601
     Preferred stock warrants (3)                   7,740         7,740          7,740
                                              -----------   -----------    -----------
Total shares used in computing 
   net loss per share                           8,124,842     9,061,969      9,494,226
Net loss per share                            $     (0.59)  $     (0.76)   $     (0.12)
                                              ===========   ===========    ===========
Calculation of shares outstanding for                                                                                               
   computing pro forma net loss per share:   
     Shares used in computing net loss                                                                                       
        per share                                                       
     Adjustment to reflect the effect of the                                 9,494,226
        assumed conversion of noncumulative
        convertible preferred stock from the 
        date of issuance(4)                                                 12,259,614
                                                                           -----------
Shares used in computing pro forma
        net loss per share                                                  21,753,840
Pro forma net loss per share                                               $     (0.05)
                                                                           ===========
</TABLE>

- -----------------------------------------
(1)  Net additional outstanding shares assuming common shares issued after
     January 1, 1996 were issued and outstanding for all prior periods presented
     and the proceeds were applied to repurchase shares at $10.00 per share.

(2)  Net additional shares from stock options granted after January 1, 1996
     assuming the exercise of stock options and repurchase of shares at $10.00
     per share, and assumes shares are outstanding in all prior periods.

(3)  Net additional shares from Series D preferred stock warrants issued after
     January 1, 1996 assuming the exercise of the warrants, conversion to common
     stock and repurchase of shares at $10.00 per share and assumes shares are
     outstanding in all prior periods.

(4)  Series A, B, C and D preferred stock issued before January 1, 1996 (which
     converts into Common Stock at a rate of one share of preferred stock to one
     share of Common Stock).


<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.14


      Name, Address and Telephone Nos. of Attorney(s)      Space Below for Use
*J. David Black (#44860)         (408) 998-1952            of Court Clerk Only
Ellen McGinty King (#71490)                                
*Marily P. Lerner (#114559)
*Jackson Tufts Cole & Black, LLP
*69 S. Market Street, 10th Floor                         
*San Jose, CA 95113


Attorney(s) for Defendants
               ......................................      
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
<S>                                            <C>         

                                     ****             
                                     ****
       SUPERIOR COURT OF CALIFORNIA, COUNTY OF SANTA CLARA
   ..................                          ...............       
   (SUPERIOR, MUNICIPAL or JUSTICE)

     .........................................................................
      (NAME OF MUNICIPAL OR JUSTICE COURT DISTRICT OR OF BRANCH COURT, IF ANY)

PLAINTIFF(s): CIRRUS LOGIC, INC., a                                      CASE NUMBER CV 745373              
  California Corporation,                                                                                   
                                                                                                            
                                                                              REQUEST FOR DISMISSAL         
                                                                                 TYPE OF ACTION             
                                                                                                            
   DEFENDANT(s): PRAKASH AGARWAL, CHESTER                                [_] PERSONAL INJURY, PROPERTY DAMAGE AND WRONGFUL DEATH: 
*BASSETTI, KAMRAN ELAHIAN, CLEMENT LEUNG,                                        [_] MOTOR VEHICLE      [_] OTHER                 
*RANGANATHAN PARAMESWARAIYER, DEEPRAJ PUAR,                              [_] DOMESTIC RELATIONS         [_] EMINENT DOMAIN        
*NEOMAGIC, INC., a California Corp.                                       XX  OTHER: (SPECIFY) Breach of Fiduciary Duty, **        
                (Abbreviated Title)                                      --                                                       
- -------------------------------------------

TO THE CLERK: Please dismiss this action as follows: (Check applicable boxes)
1. [XX] With prejudice        [_] Without prejudice
2. [XX] Entire action         [_] Complaint only     [_] Petition only         [_] Cross-complaint only
   [_]  Other: (Specify)*  




Dated: June 17, 1996                                                       /s/ Annette P. Carnegie
      ...........................................................        ---------------------------------------------------------
*If dismissed requested is of specified parties only, of specified         Attorney(s) for Plaintiff, Cirrus Logic, Inc.   
 causes of action only or of specified  cross-complaints only, so                  ........................................ 
 state and identify the parties, causes of action or cross-complaints
 to be dismissed.                                                                Annette P. Carnegie
                                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     (Type of print attorney(s) name(s))

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TO THE CLERK: Consent to the above dismissal is hereby given.**

Dated: June 18, 1996                                                           /s/ Ellen McGinty King
      ...........................................................        --------------------------------------------------------- 
**When a cross-complaint (or Response (Marriage) seeking affirma-       Attorney(s) for, Cross-complaints, Agarwal,  
  tive relief is on file, the attorneys for the cross-complainant                                                        et 2
  (respondent) must sign this consent when required by CCP  
  581(1), (2) or (5).                                                        Ellen McGinty King
                                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   (Type or print attorney(s) name(s))  

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(To be completed by clerk)
     Dismissal entered as requested on JUN 18 1996
                                       ........................................................................................... 
[_]  Dismissal entered on ............................................as to only..................................................
[_]  Dismissal not entered as requested for the following reasons(s), and attorney(s) notified on ................................

                                                                               Stephen Love
                                                                               County Clerk 
                                                                         --------------------------------------------------- Clerk
                                                                               ?????????????

                    June ? - 1996    
Dated............................................................        By________________________________________________ Deputy
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Form adopted by Rule 982 at                                                                                CCP 581. etc:
The Judicial Council of California                       REQUEST FOR DISMISSAL                          Cal. Rules of Court.   
   Revised Effective July 1 1972                                                                               Rule 1233
</TABLE> 

         
<PAGE>
 
                             SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT
                             -------------------- 

     This AGREEMENT ("Settlement Agreement") is made as of March 8, 1996 by and 
between Cirrus Logic, Inc. (hereinafter "Cirrus") on the one hand and NeoMagic 
Corporation (hereinafter "NeoMagic"), Prakash Agarwal, Chester Bassetti, Kamran 
Elahian, Clement Leung, Ranganathan Parameswaraiyer, and Deepraj Puar (the six 
individuals hereinafter collectively referred to as "Founders") on the other 
hand.

     WHEREAS Cirrus has instituted an action against NeoMagic and Founders in
the Superior Court of the State of California in and for the County of Santa
Clara (Case No. CV745373), and NeoMagic and certain of the Founders have filed
cross-claims against Cirrus therein (hereinafter "the Pending Action") and the
parties to the Pending Action desire to settle said action and resolve disputes
between them on the terms and conditions set forth hereinafter, and

     WHEREAS Cirrus and NeoMagic own, and/or have or may have rights in, various
patents issued, and applications for patents pending, in various countries of
the world, as to which they desire to exchange non-exclusive licenses with each
other as hereinafter provided;

     NOW, THEREFOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants, conditions and 
releases contained herein, it is hereby stipulated and agreed between the 
parties hereto as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I
                                  DEFINITIONS

     1.   The terms listed below shall be defined as follows:

          a)   "Cirrus Subsidiary" shall mean a corporation, company, or 
other entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of whose outstanding shares or 
securities (representing the right to vote for the election of directors or 
other managing authority), are now or hereafter owned or controlled, directly or
indirectly, by Cirrus; or if such entity does not have outstanding shares or
securities (as may be the case in a partnership, joint venture, or
unincorporated association), but more than fifty percent (50%) of whose
ownership interest representing the right to make decisions for such entity is
now or hereafter owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by Cirrus, but
such corporation, company or other entity shall be deemed to be a Cirrus
Subsidiary only so long as such ownership or control exists.

          b)   "Employee" shall mean one or more of the individuals identified 
on Exhibit A attached hereto.

          c)   "Reference Date" shall mean January 28, 1994, which date NeoMagic
hereby represents to be seven calendar months subsequent to the date on which 
the Employees, and each of them, were first employed by NeoMagic.
<PAGE>
 
          d)   "Subject Patents" shall mean any and all patents, reissues, 
continuations, continuations in part, and all other patent rights issued in any 
country which claim and/or disclose one or more logic circuits with embedded 
DRAM, regardless of whether the claim and/or disclosure involves the 
architecture, design, manufacturing, assembly, testing or any other aspect of 
one or more logic circuits with embedded DRAM.

          e)   "Subject Interference" shall mean a Patent Office interference
between a Cirrus patent application or issued patent, on the one hand, and a
NeoMagic patent application or issued patent, on the other hand, if, but only
if, (a) the interference involves one or more claims invented by an Employee and
(b) the date of conception for such claim or claims is prior to the Reference
Date.

                                  ARTICLE II
                              CIRRUS AND NEOMAGIC

     1.   Neomagic hereby grants to Cirrus and any Cirrus Subsidiary a non-
exclusive, worldwide, irrevocable, fully-paid and royalty-free license to all
Subject Patents assigned or assignable to NeoMagic which name as an inventor an
Employee, provided that the application for any such Subject Patent was filed,
or was entitled to an effective filing date, prior to the Reference Date. The
term of said license shall be for the life of the patents, and shall include the
right to make, have made, use and sell the patented invention(s), including the
right to act as a foundry. The license granted in this paragraph 1 is not
assignable without the prior written consent of NeoMagic. NeoMagic hereby
releases, acquits and forever discharges Cirrus from any and all past, present
and future liability for all direct, contributory or other infringement, or
alleged infringement of any and all Subject Patents licensed, or to be licensed,
to Cirrus pursuant to this paragraph 1.

     2.   NeoMagic also hereby grants to Cirrus the royalty-free right to 
sublicense to third parties the Subject Patents licensed in paragraph 1 above, 
provided that such sublicense rights are not assignable by the sublicensee(s), 
and do not extend beyond a period of five (5) years from the date of this 
Settlement Agreement, i.e., beyond March 7, 2001.
    
     3.   If any application for a Subject Patent filed by Cirrus or by NeoMagic
provokes a Subject Interference with any other Cirrus or NeoMagic application 
then pending or patent already issued, the parties shall proceed as follows: The
parties shall let the Patent Office decide priority of the interfering claims, 
each party being free to make such presentations, submissions and arguments to 
the Patent Office as allowed to any party involved in a Patent Office 
interference proceeding.

          a)  If the Patent Office resolves the Subject Interference in favor of
NeoMagic, NeoMagic shall assign the disputed claim or claims to Cirrus except 
that NeoMagic shall not be required to assign a disputed claim to Cirrus if the 
date on which Cirrus filed its application containing the claim or claims which 
provoked the interference procedures was after the date of issuance of the 
NeoMagic patent which is the subject of such interference. Cirrus shall grant to
NeoMagic a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free, irrevocable, fully-paid 
license to any claim or claims assigned to Cirrus pursuant to this paragraph 3 
to make, have made, use and sell the patented invention(s), including the right 
to act as a foundry. The term of said license shall be for the life of the claim
or claims assigned. Cirrus hereby releases, acquits and forever discharges 
NeoMagic from any and all past, present and future liability for all direct, 
contributory, or other infringement, or alleged infringement, of any and all 
claims licensed, or to be licensed, to NeoMagic pursuant to this subparagraph 
3(a). NeoMagic shall also have the non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free, 
irrevocable, fully-paid right to sublicense such licensed claim or claims, 
provided that such sublicense is granted in connection with a joint venture 
and/or cross-licensing arrangement between NeoMagic and a third party and/or in 
connection with the sale or manufacture of any NeoMagic product.

          b)  If the Patent Office resolves the Subject Interference in favor of
Cirrus, Cirrus shall grant to NeoMagic a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free,
fully-paid license to manufacture, to have manufactured, to use, and to sell or 
otherwise exploit any products or services incorporating, embodying and/or 
otherwise exploiting the invention(s) covered by the claim(s) which provoked the
interference procedures. The term of said license shall be for a period of five 
years form March 8, 1996. Cirrus hereby releases, acquits and forever discharges
NeoMagic from any and all past, present and future liability for all direct, 
contributory or other infringement of any claim(s) so licensed to NeoMagic 
pursuant to this paragraph 3(b) which infringement occurs, or is alleged to have
occurred, through and including March 7, 2001. NeoMagic shall not assign, 
transfer or grant any sublicense or right granted under this paragraph 3(b) or 
any interest therein without the written consent of Cirrus. Any such assignment 
or transfer or sublicense shall be null and void.     
 

                                      -2-

         
<PAGE>
 
         

         

     4.   With respect to any issued Subject Patent assigned to or assignable to
NeoMagic, the application for which was filed or was entitled to an effective
filing date prior to the Reference Date, NeoMagic shall, within thirty (30) days
of the issuance of the Subject Patent, give written notice to Cirrus of the
issuance of the Subject Patent and shall provide Cirrus with a copy of the
issued Subject Patent.

     5.   For a period of three (3) years from the date hereof, Cirrus and
NeoMagic each agree that neither shall solicit for employment, or cause to be
solicited for employment by any third party, any individual who is at the time
of such solicitation an employee of the non-soliciting party. The provisions of
this paragraph shall not apply to solicitation of individuals who were
terminated by, or who received notice of termination from, the non-soliciting
party prior to the solicitation. The provisions of this paragraph shall not
restrict Cirrus or NeoMagic from discussing employment opportunities with, or
from hiring, current or former employees of the other party so long as neither
Cirrus nor NeoMagic initiates the contact with the employee concerning possible
employment opportunities.

     6.   For a period of five (5) years from the date hereof, in the event of 
any dispute between Cirrus and NeoMagic, Cirrus and NeoMagic agree to attempt to
resolve the dispute by negotiation and, failing success at such negotiation, 
agree to submit to mediation of that dispute upon mutually acceptable terms and 
conditions before either side commences any other proceeding. If the parties are
unable to agree to terms and conditions for a mediation, the 

                                      -3-

         



<PAGE>
 
mediation will proceed pursuant to the then-existing rules for mediation of the 
American Arbitration Association.

          7.   Cirrus and NeoMagic hereby release and discharge each other and
each other's respective officers, directors, agents, employees, representatives,
attorneys and insurers from every claim, demand, cause of action or suit
existing prior to the date hereof including, but not limited to, all claims
arising from, related to, or which could have been asserted in the Pending
Action, with the sole exception of claims, if any, for patent, trademark or
copyright infringement not covered by the licenses granted herein. Except
as to claims expressly reserved herein, all rights under Section 1542 of the
California Civil Code are expressly waived, both Cirrus and NeoMagic realizing
and understanding that Section 1542 provides as follows:

          A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES
          NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING 
          THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS 
          SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

                                  ARTICLE III
                              CIRRUS AND FOUNDERS

          1.   Cirrus hereby releases and discharges Founders, and each of them,
and their respective heirs, beneficiaries, agents, representatives, attorneys
and insurers from every claim, demand, cause of action or suit existing prior to
the date hereof including, but not limited to, all claims arising from, related
to, or which could have been asserted in the Pending Action. Cirrus expressly
waives all rights under Section 1542 of the California Civil Code, realizing and
understanding that Section 1542 provides as follows:

          A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES
          NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING 
          THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS 
          SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

          2.   Founders, and each of them, hereby release and discharge Cirrus 
and its officers, directors, agents, employees, representatives, attorneys and 
insurers from every claim, demand, cause of action or suit existing prior to the
date hereof including, but not limited to, all claims arising from, related to, 
or which could have been asserted in the Pending Action. Founders, and each of 
them, expressly waive all rights under Section 1542 of the California Civil 
Code, realizing and understanding that Section 1542 provides as follows:

          A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES 
          NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING 
          THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM

                                      -4-






<PAGE>
 
     MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

     3.   Nothing contained in this Settlement Agreement shall be deemed to 
diminish in any way the continuing obligations of any former Cirrus employee to 
Cirrus arising from such employee's employment by Cirrus or any employee
agreements with Cirrus with respect to Cirrus' proprietary products, trade
secrets, confidential information or other proprietary property, and Cirrus'
entitlement to enforce its rights therein. The above notwithstanding, nothing
contained herein shall prevent or impair the right of NeoMagic and/or Founders
to use or disclose in any manner information that: (a) has without the
participation or involvement of NeoMagic or Founders become generally known in
the industry or to other persons in such a fashion as to defeat its continuing
proprietary or confidential status; (b) was independently known to or developed
by a third party without any participation or involvement by NeoMagic and/or
Founders, or any person acting in cooperation or concern with them, and has been
lawfully licensed, transferred or made known to NeoMagic and/or Founders by such
third party; or (c) has independently become known to or developed by NeoMagic
and/or Founders subsequent to the effective date of this Settlement Agreement
without any use, direct or indirect, of Cirrus proprietary products, trade
secrets, confidential information or other proprietary property.

                                  ARTICLE IV
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

     1.   Within ten (10) days of the execution of this Settlement Agreement, 
the parties shall file a fully-executed Request for Dismissal with Prejudice of 
the Pending Action in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

     2.   This Settlement Agreement effects the compromise and settlement of 
disputed and contested claims and both Cirrus on the one hand and NeoMagic and 
Founders on the other hand expressly deny liability of any kind to each other. 
Nothing contained herein shall be construed as an admission by Cirrus, or 
NeoMagic, or Founders of any liability of any kind to the other party.

     3.   This Settlement Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to 
the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

     4.   Nothing contained in this Settlement Agreement shall be construed as:

          a)   a warranty or representation that any manufacture, sale, lease, 
use or other disposition hereunder will be free from infringement of patents 
other than those under which and to the extent to which licenses are in force 
hereunder: or

          b)   an agreement to bring or prosecute action or suits against third 
parties for infringement or conferring any right to bring or prosecute actions 
or suits against third parties for infringement; or

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
          c)   conferring any right to use in advertising, publicity, or 
otherwise, any trademark, tradename or other name, or any contraction, 
abbreviation or simulation thereof, of either party; or

          d)   conferring by implication, estoppel or otherwise, upon any party 
licensed hereunder, any license or other right under any intellectual property 
rights except the licenses and rights expressly granted hereunder.

     5.   If any term, provision, covenant or condition of this Settlement 
Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or 
unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions shall nevertheless remain in 
effect and enforceable.

     6.   The parties shall maintain the provisions of this Settlement as 
confidential. The provisions of this Settlement Agreement shall be disclosed by 
the parties only to their respective counsel and to those within Cirrus and 
NeoMagic who have a need to know. The parties further agree that disclosure of 
the provisions of this Settlement Agreement may be made for accounting, 
financing, insurance, or tax reporting purposes or as may be required in order 
to comply with the terms of the Settlement Agreement or as otherwise may be 
required by law or under confidential agreement to a third party in connection 
with (a) the sale, license, assignment or other disposition of one or more 
Subject Patents which are then subject to a license right hereunder to the 
non-disclosing party; or (b) any sublicensing pursuant to the terms of this 
Settlement Agreement. Any communication concerning the resolution of the Pending
Action or the terms of the Settlement Agreement to the press shall be only in 
the form of an agreed-upon press release. Nothing herein contained shall prevent
the parties from disclosing the fact that the Pending Action has been settled 
and resolved to the satisfaction of all parties, and that the settlement 
includes the dismissal of the Pending Action and a mutual general release of 
claims by and between the parties, without further comment.

     7.   This Settlement Agreement constitutes the complete agreement between 
Cirrus, NeoMagic, and Founders relating to the subject matter hereof. Any 
purported alteration, amendment or waiver of this Settlement Agreement, or any 
part thereof, shall not be effective unless and until approved by the parties 
hereto in writing, except that alterations, amendments or waivers of all or 
                   ------ ----
portions of Article II of this Settlement Agreement shall be effective if 
approved in writing by Cirrus and by NeoMagic, with or without the written 
approval of Founders. This Settlement Agreement supersedes all prior agreements,
oral or written, between the parties hereto regarding the subject matter 
described herein.

     8.   No waiver by either party, express or implied, of any breach of any 
term, condition or obligation of this Settlement Agreement by the other party 
shall be construed as a waiver on any subsequent breach of that term, condition,
or obligation or of any other term, condition, or obligation of this Settlement 
Agreement of the same or different nature.

     9.   This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall 
have the same force and effect as an original.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
     10.  The parties hereto shall execute all instruments and take all such
actions as are reasonably requested and appropriate to effectuate this
Settlement Agreement and the express purpose or intention hereof.

     11.  Any notice, request or statement hereunder shall be deemed to be 
sufficiently given or rendered when sent by certified mail, and if given or 
rendered to Cirrus, addressed to:

          CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.
          3100 West Warren Avenue
          Fremont, California
          Attn: President and CEO

          or, if given or rendered to NeoMagic, addressed to:


          NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
          3260 Jay Street
          Santa Clara, California 95054
          Attn: President and CEO


or in any case, to such changed address or person as NeoMagic or Cirrus shall 
have specified to the other by written notice.

     12.  This Settlement Agreement and matters connected with the performance 
thereof shall be construed, interpreted, applied and governed in all respects in
accordance with the laws of the State of California.

     13.  All parties hereto have participated, by and through their respective 
counsel, in the preparation and drafting of this Settlement Agreement. 
Accordingly, the rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to 
be resolved against the drafting party shall not be applied in the 
interpretation of this Settlement Agreement.


Dated as of March 8, 1996               Cirrus Logic, Inc.

                                        By: /s/ Michael Hackworth
                                            -----------------------------
                                             Michael Hackworth, President

                                        NeoMagic Corporation

                                        By: /s/ Prakash Agarwal
                                            -----------------------------
                                             Prakash Agarwal, President

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
                                        /s/ Prakash Agarwal
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Prakash Agarwal

                                        /s/ Chester Bassetti
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Chester Bassetti

                                        /s/ Kamran Elahian
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Kamran Elahian

                                        /s/ Clement Leung
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Clement Leung

                                        /s/ Ranganathan Parameswaraiyer
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Ranganathan Parameswaraiyer

                                        /s/ Deepraj Puar
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Deepraj Puar

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 

                                   EXHIBIT A



Former employees of Cirrus Logic, Inc. ("Employee"):

Deepraj Puar
Clement Leung
Chester Bassetti
Ranganathan Parameswaraiyer
Prakash Agarwal

                                      -9-

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.15

                            WAFER SUPPLY AGREEMENT


This Agreement is made as of January 21, 1997 ("Effective Date") by and between
Toshiba Corporation, a Japanese corporation, with executive offices at 1-1,
Shibaura 1-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-01, Japan ("Toshiba") and NeoMagic
International Corporation ("NMI"), a Cayman corporation, with offices in c/o
Caledonian Bank & Trust Ltd., Ground Floor, Caledonian House, Mary Street, P.O.
Box 1043, Georgetown, Grand Cayman, B.W.I., a wholly owned subsidiary of
NeoMagic Corporation (U.S.A.).


                                   RECITALS

     Whereas, NMI is a wholly (100%) owned subsidiary of NeoMagic Corporation
(U.S.A.);

     Whereas, NeoMagic Corporation (U.S.A.) or its wholly (100%) owned companies
(including but not limited to NMI, hereinafter referred to as "Associated
Companies") are the developers and owners of certain proprietary semiconductor
technologies enabling the integration of microcontroller logic cells and memory
cells on a single semiconductor device;

     Whereas, Toshiba is a premium manufacturer of high quality, state of the
art silicon wafers; and

     Whereas, NMI desires to source from Toshiba and Toshiba desires to supply
to NMI silicon wafers on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions
contained herein, the parties agree as follows:


                                     PART I
                                  DEFINITIONS

1.1  "Cell Set Library" means a number of primitive logic elements, such as
      ----------------                                                     
inverters, buffers, NAND, AND, NOR, XOR, XNOR, AND/OR and OR/AND gates, adders
muxs, comparators, latches, and flip-flops, all designed using fixed cell
heights so as to be usable with commercially available standard cell automatic
place and route software tools.

1.2  "Fabrication Cycle Time" means the period of time required to manufacture
      ----------------------                                                  
the Products; commencing upon wafer start and ending on the day when the first
delivery of the ordered quantity of the Products.  The Fabrication Cycle Times
for Prototype Production and Volume Production shall be as set forth in Exhibit
B.  Fabrication Cycle Times do not include local national holidays and other
factory holidays.


                      Confidential Treatment Requested
<PAGE>
 
1.3  "Memory Module" means a 20 Mbits or larger DRAM module designed on
      -------------                                                    
Toshiba's proprietary 64 MDRAM process.

1.4  "Process" means the wafer manufacturing process(es) identified in Exhibit A
      -------                                                                   
and any other manufacturing processes included within the scope of this
Agreement in accordance with Section 3.2.

1.5  "Products" means semiconductor chips, containing logic, analog and DRAM,
      --------                                                               
developed pursuant to Part II of this Agreement.

1.6  "Prototype Production" has the meaning given in Section 3.8(a).
      --------------------                                          

1.7  "Volume Production" has that meaning given in Section 3.8(b).
      -----------------                                           

1.8  "Wafers" means silicon wafers containing finished die for the Products.
      ------                                                                


                                    PART II
                         INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

2.1  Technical Information.  All intellectual property and related rights in and
     ---------------------                                                      
to technical information of either party which is provided to the other party in
the course of the development of the Product(s) shall continue to belong to such
providing party.

2.2  Patents.  All intellectual property and related rights in and to all
     -------                                                             
inventions made by NMI or its Associated Companies in the course of the
development efforts and patents resulting therefrom shall belong to NMI or its
Associated Companies.  All intellectual property and related rights in and to
all inventions made by Toshiba in the course of the development efforts and
patents therefrom shall belong to Toshiba.  All intellectual property and
related rights in and to all inventions jointly made by NMI and Toshiba in the
course of the development efforts and patents resulting therefrom shall be
jointly owned by NMI or its Associated Companies and Toshiba.

2.3  Product Rights; Maskworks.  Title to and interest in mask work rights shall
     -------------------------                                                  
be owned by NMI for the logic portion of the Products.  Title to and interest in
mask work rights shall be owned by Toshiba for the Memory Module in the
Products.   Subject to Toshiba's mask work rights set forth above, NMI shall
retain ownership of the masks and Products.  This Agreement shall not be
construed as granting or conferring any intellectual property rights of Toshiba
or NMI specified in Part II of this Agreement or with respect to the Products
except as specified herein.

2.4  Process.  Subject to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 above, Toshiba shall own all
     -------                                                                    
intellectual property and related rights in and to the Process.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
                                   PART III
                                 WAFER SUPPLY

3.1  Wafer Manufacturing.  On the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
     -------------------                                                 
Toshiba will: (i) manufacture processed Wafers; and/or upon mutual agreement,
have processed Wafers manufactured by its subsidiaries; and (ii) sell processed
Wafers to NMI for its own account or as the agent for its Associated Companies.
Toshiba will manufacture the Wafers at the following locations:  Oita
Works/Oita, Oita Prefecture; or Iwate Toshiba Electronics Co., Ltd.; Kitakami
Iwate Prefecture; or Yokkaichi Works/Yokkaichi Mie Prefecture; or Tohoku
Semiconductor Corporation/Sendai Miyagi Prefecture.

3.2  Processes.  Toshiba shall manufacture the Wafers using the Process set
     ---------                                                             
forth in Exhibit A. Toshiba will provide NMI information and access to all new
enhanced 64 MB DRAM processes as they are developed by Toshiba, but with prior
discussion by the parties to determine that the new processes are related to the
DRAM-embedded ASIC process (generally such new processes will be deemed to be
"Processes" under this Agreement).  At NMI's request, Toshiba will manufacture
Wafers for NMI using Toshiba's then current 64 MEG DRAM processes used in
production.  The parties shall cooperate fully to qualify each new process
jointly (thereafter, also a "Process") to be used in manufacturing Wafers
hereunder.  Toshiba will make future generations of 64 MEG DRAM processes
available to NMI and to be used under this Agreement on reasonable terms which
Toshiba agrees to negotiate in good faith (and which, upon such agreement, will
be deemed to be additional "Processes" hereunder).

3.3  Qualification and Quality Control.
     --------------------------------- 

     (a)    Qualification.  NMI and Toshiba will cooperate fully to qualify
            -------------
jointly each Product for which Wafers will be manufactured hereunder
("Qualification"). Accordingly, the parties will cooperate to implement a
Qualification procedure. After qualification, NMI will notify Toshiba when
Volume Production will commence.

     (b)    Changes.  After Qualification of any Product, Toshiba shall not make
            -------                                                             
any major and/or critical Process change which will impact the performance,
reliability or construction of the Products without NMI's prior written consent,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Any such changes shall be
subject to reasonable criteria requested by NMI.  Toshiba shall notify NMI in
writing in advance of major Process changes, including but not limited to any
changes which may:

            (i)    degrade Product quality or reliability;

           (ii)    result in failure of the Product to meet NMI's
                   specifications;

          (iii)    substantially slow Process flows;

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
           (iv)    change Process control variables, ranges or method; or

            (v)    result in Product mask revisions or changes Wafer sort
                   programs.

     (c)    Problem Notification.  Toshiba will notify NMI promptly upon
            --------------------                                        
discovering Process problems in its manufacturing lines that may affect the
Wafers or Wafer yields.

3.4  Forecasts.
     --------- 

     (a)    Twelve-Month Rolling Forecasts.  By the 15th day of each month NMI
            ------------------------------
will provide Toshiba a rolling forecast ("Forecast") of the number of Wafers
which NMI intends to purchase during the next twelve (12) months. The Forecast
will be based on "Wafers out," i.e., on deliveries expected to be made by
Toshiba each month. Toshiba guarantees to supply the number of Wafers indicated
by each Forecast for the six months following each Forecast.

     (b)    Required Orders.  Purchases for the first three (3) calendar months
            ---------------                                                    
after the month in which the Forecast is made will be confirmed by firm purchase
orders placed at least twelve (12) weeks prior to the beginning of the month in
which shipment is expected.  For example, if NMI submits a Forecast on December
15, 1995, a purchase order must be placed for March of 1996 and for shipments to
be made in January and February of 1996, purchase orders must already have been
placed in October and November, respectively, of 1995.

     (c)    Limited Quantity Adjustments.
            ---------------------------- 

            (i)     NMI may increase or decrease Forecast quantities for the
fifth and sixth calendar month following the date of the Forecast by no more
than twenty percent (20%) and for the fourth calendar month by no more than
fifteen percent (15%). NMI must place purchase orders for month four by the
deadline for the following monthly Forecast.

                    For example, if NMI submits a Forecast in December 1995
estimating Product purchases of 3,000 Wafers in each of April, May and June of
1996, then the Forecast submitted in January 1996 may increase estimated Product
purchases for May and June up to a quantity of 3,600 Wafers (i.e., 120% of
3,000) or down to a quantity of 2,400 Wafers (i.e., 80% of 3,000).

            (ii)    NMI may increase or decrease the Forecasted quantities for
the seventh, eighth and ninth calendar months following the date of the Forecast
by up to 30% in the next month's Forecast.

                    For example, if NMI submits a Forecast in December 1995 that
estimates Product purchases of 3,000 Wafers in each of August, September and
October of 1996, then the Forecast submitted in January 1996 may decrease
scheduled purchases for each of August, September and October as low as 2,100
(i.e., 70% of 3,000) or may increase the scheduled purchases for those months by
the same amount.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
           (iii)    Forecast quantities for the tenth, eleventh and twelfth
months following the date of the Forecast will be based on NMI's best estimate
made in good faith and may be revised up or down in the following monthly
Forecast according to changes in NMI's best estimates.

     (d)   Start-Up Forecast.  NMI is to provide a start-up forecast ("Start-Up
           -----------------                                                   
Forecast") by December, 1996, based upon the assumption that the Product shall
be developed by April, 1997.  The Start-Up Forecast shall be based upon "Wafers
out" between September and December of 1997. Periods beyond December, 1997 will
be covered by sections 3.4(c) and 3.5

3.5  Capacity, Supply and Demand. Each year during the term of this Agreement,
     ---------------------------                                              
the parties shall agree ("Annual Volume Purchase Agreement") to define Toshiba's
minimum capacity guarantee for the year and NMI's commitment for its annual
purchase volume hereunder.  Each quarter the parties will jointly review, and,
if necessary, agree on adjustments to, the Annual Volume Purchase Agreement and
Toshiba's minimum capacity guarantee for the following twelve (12) months.
 
3.6  Purchase Order Process.
     ---------------------- 

     (a)   Purchase Orders.  All purchases under this Agreement will be
           ---------------
initiated by authorized NMI orders. NMI will be placing purchase orders as the
designated agent of the Associated Companies. Purchase orders shall state unit
quantities, unit descriptions, requested delivery dates and shipping
instructions. The requested delivery dates may not be less than the Fabrication
Cycle Time from the date of the purchase order. In the event of any conflict
with this Agreement, the face side of purchase orders shall govern purchases
under this Agreement unless rejected by Toshiba at the time Toshiba receives the
purchase order.

3.7  Order Acknowledgment.  Toshiba agrees to accept all Product purchase orders
     --------------------                                                       
within the Forecasts issued under this Agreement and agrees not to reject or
defer orders for which production capacity may be available as contemplated in
Section 3.5 above.  Toshiba will use diligent efforts to manufacture Products in
excess of the Forecast, subject to its then existing third-party capacity
commitments.  Toshiba agrees to deliver a written acknowledgment of such
purchase order within three (3) working days after receipt of the purchase
order.  In all events, Toshiba's failure to deliver such an acknowledgment shall
be deemed an acceptance of the purchase order.

3.8  Prototype and Volume Production Lots.  NMI shall order Products in either
     ------------------------------------                                     
Prototype Production lots or Volume Production lots as follows:

     (a)   Prototype Lots.  NMI may order Wafers in prototype lots ("Prototype
           --------------                                                    
Production") whenever NMI (i) seeks a Qualification in accordance with Section
3.3(a), (ii) seeks to make any engineering changes, including without limitation
changes to improve Product functionality and Wafer yield, or (iii) elects, at
NMI's risk, to purchase Wafers in volume prior to Qualification.  A Prototype
Production lot shall contain the number of Wafers specified in Exhibit B.  NMI
may order multiple Prototype Production lots of the same Wafer, NMI may require
Toshiba to hold Prototype Production at "gate" or "contact" intermediate stages
of production.  During Prototype Production, 

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
Toshiba will provide "Vth" and "gate" length process splits (i.e., examine
Wafers at a particular step in fabrication) in order for NMI to evaluate
variations within the specifications for each process.

     (b)   Volume Production Lots.  Upon Qualification of any particular
           ----------------------
Product, NMI may order that Product only in volume production lots ("Volume
Production"). A Volume Production lot shall contain the number of Wafers
specified in Exhibit B.
    
     (c)   Cancellation.  NMI may cancel Product purchase order(s) or any 
           ------------
portions thereof for any reason by notifying Toshiba in writing prior to the 
scheduled delivery date on the purchaser order(s). Cancellation shall be 
effective upon Toshiba's receipt of the written cancellation notice from NMI, or
upon the date specified in such cancellation notice if later than the date of 
receipt.  Toshiba shall cease work on such canceled purchase order quantities in
accordance with the cancellation notice; provided that NMI shall pay a 
cancellation charge calculated in the manner provided below ("Cancellation 
Charge").  Toshiba will invoice Cancellation Charges, if any, at the end of each
month, and NMI will pay the Cancellation Charge within sixty (60) days after 
receipt of invoice.  The foregoing rights shall be Toshiba's sole remedy for any
failure by NMI to purchase the quantities set forth in any Forecast.  The 
Cancellation Charge at any particular process step shall be calculated as a 
percentage of the Wafer price otherwise payable, as follows:      

<TABLE>     
          <S>                                        <C> 
          [*] weeks prior to delivery date           [*] of price due
                        [*]                                 [*]
                        [*]                                 [*]
                        [*]                                 [*]
                        [*]                                 [*]
                        [*]                                 [*]
</TABLE>      
    
Cancellation charges will be based on the latest WIP report reasonable movement 
updates to the date of the cancellation notice.  There will be no cancellation 
charge, regardless of the timing, if no Wafers are physically started into the 
production line.      
    
At NMI's request, Toshiba shall deliver all such work-in-process to NMI or 
destroy all such work-in-process and provide written certification of 
destruction to NMI.      

3.9  Delivery and Shipping.
     --------------------- 

     (a)   Delivery Commitments.  Toshiba will deliver Wafers to the carrier for
           --------------------                                                 
shipment, (i) within two days plus the Fabrication Cycle Time from the date of
purchase order for Prototype Production, and (ii) within three days plus the
Fabrication Cycle Time from the date of purchase order for Volume Production,
unless NMI requests a longer period.  Toshiba will use reasonable efforts to
distribute the manufacture of Wafers evenly throughout each month (i.e., start
and complete Wafers linearly).  Upon NMI's reasonable request, Toshiba will hold
Products during their manufacture in 

                     [*] Confidential Treatment Requested

                                      -6-


<PAGE>
 
accordance with terms to be agreed upon by the parties. If Wafers are held by
NMI during manufacture, Toshiba will not be bound by the foregoing delivery
commitments.

     (b)   Work-in-Process Reporting.  Toshiba will provide NMI with work-in-
           -------------------------                                        
process reports ("Reports") on a periodic basis, which the parties agree to
negotiate in good faith.  Reports shall be sent to NMI via facsimile.  The
Reports shall include information, the nature of which the parties shall
negotiate in good faith, for example:  (i) the type, quantity and lot number
(Toshiba and NMI) of Wafers at each stage of production (by mask location), (ii)
the remaining number of Wafers ready for shipment (by purchase order number and
invoice) and (iii) delivery dates.  The format and frequency of the Reports will
be determined by the development work as it is completed.

     (c)   Shipping.  All Wafers shall be delivered to NMI or its designated
           --------                                                         
assembly location and shall be suitably packed for shipment in Toshiba's
standard containers, marked for shipment as specified in NMI's purchase order,
and delivered to a carrier or forwarding agent chosen by NMI. However, should
NMI fail to designate a carrier, forwarding agent or type of conveyance, Toshiba
shall make such designation in conformance with its standard shipping practices.
Shipment will be F.O.B. Toshiba's facility.  Title and risk of loss shall pass
to NMI upon shipment.

3.10 Test and Inspection.
     ------------------- 

     (a)   By Toshiba.  Toshiba will supply to NMI, with each Wafer shipment,
           ----------                                                        
process control monitor ("PCM") test results, actual Wafer sort data results,
and visual quality inspection results as agreed by the parties.  Toshiba will
sort Wafers and "user repair" the DRAM module prior to shipment on the DRAM
portions of the die.

     (b)   Reports.  Toshiba will supply NMI with reliability and statistical
           -------                                                           
quality data on the Toshiba standard which is made for the same product line,
which includes 64MAP, at regular intervals to be agreed upon but no less than
once a quarter. The format and the contents of these report(s) are to be
mutually agreed upon. Upon reasonable notice, Toshiba will allow NMI on-site
inspection, but will be subject to NMI's reasonable requests of Toshiba's
Product manufacturing facilities.

     (c)   By NMI.  Wafers manufactured using the Process shall be subject to
           ------                                                            
incoming inspection, electrical testing and reliability testing by NMI in
accordance with the acceptance criteria set forth in Exhibit C hereto.  Wafers
manufactured under other Processes (jointly defined by the parties in accordance
with Section 3.2) shall be subject to incoming inspection, electrical testing
and reliability testing by NMI in accordance with updated acceptance criteria
which the parties agree to negotiate in good faith promptly at or prior to the
implementation of any such other Process.  Wafers meeting applicable initial
acceptance criteria or updated acceptance criteria will be deemed accepted by
NMI, and NMI shall so notify Toshiba.

     (d)   Test Failure.  If any Wafer or lot of Wafers fails incoming
           ------------
inspection or test, and if test failure is caused by an initial memory defect or
any defect in the Process used by Toshiba, NMI may reject such lot or Wafer in
writing within thirty (30) days after delivery and return such lot or Wafer

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
to Toshiba, at Toshiba's expense, for a full refund. Wafers that fail only logic
tests should not be returned to Toshiba. Wafers that fail reliability tests only
because of a defect introduced in the Wafers after Toshiba has delivered the
Wafers to the buyer shall not be returned to Toshiba. NMI will explain the
reasons for wishing to reject a lot, and Toshiba will be entitled to examine any
lot that NMI wishes to reject. The parties will seek in good faith to resolve
any disagreement as to whether a lot is conforming.

     (e)   Low Line Yield on Volume Production.  If the output per lot (i.e.,
           -----------------------------------                               
memory sort line yield which meets the inspection and test criteria is less than
seventy percent (70%), and if NMI so requests, Toshiba will explain the reasons
for the low line yield.  Wafers with DRAM sort yields below the Minimum
Acceptable Yield (as defined below) may not be shipped unless NMI's prior
approval is obtained.  The Minimum Acceptable Yield during the production phase
is twenty percent (20%).  This twenty percent (20%) will be waived by NMI until
normal production begins. This initial production period will be determined in
good faith by the parties.

     (f)   [*]

                     [*]  Confidential Treatment Requested

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
[*]

                                    PART IV
                                 COMPENSATION

4.1  Purchase Price.  The price of the Wafers shall be determined from time to
     --------------                                                           
time by agreement. The price shall be adjusted proportionately if the yield of
good die is below a target percentage to the agreed upon on a product-by-product
basis.  The fixed price for any quarter will be reviewed during the first month
of the previous quarter and mutually agreed to by the parties in good faith.
For example, the Q2 (April-June) price will be finalized within January.

4.2  Payment.  Toshiba may submit invoices for Wafers not earlier than the date
     -------                                                                   
of Wafer shipment to NMI.  Invoices shall be paid within sixty days (60) after
receipt.  Payment will be secured by instrument(s) (i.e. mutually acceptable 3rd
party payment etc.) proposed by NMI and reasonably acceptable to Toshiba.
Payment will be made by NMI or its agent.  Payment shall be in Japanese Yen
unless otherwise agreed.  For masks tooled by Toshiba hereunder, Toshiba may
submit mask tooling invoices with the prototype lot.  NMI will make payments on
financial terms reasonably acceptable to Toshiba.

4.3  Taxes.  Purchase prices are inclusive of all taxes and customs duties, and
     -----                                                                     
Toshiba shall pay all taxes and customs duties imposed by any taxing
jurisdiction and however designated, levied, or based on amounts payable to
Toshiba hereunder, including without limitation all foreign, export, local
excise, sales, use, value-added or similar taxes.


                                    PART V
                            WARRANTY AND DISCLAIMER

5.1  Warranty.  Toshiba warrants, subject to confirmation by Toshiba of any
     --------                                                              
defect or failure in material and workmanship, that the Wafers manufactured
under the Process set forth in Exhibit A shall be free from defects or failures
in material and workmanship and shall conform to the initial specifications set
forth in Exhibit E ("Specifications") for the period of one (1) year from the
date of shipment.  Toshiba warrants that Wafers manufactured under other
Processes shall be free from defects or failures in material and workmanship and
shall conform to updated specifications as agreed to by the parties from time to
time for the period of one (1) year from the date of shipment subject to
confirmation by Toshiba that the Wafers are defective.  Toshiba's liability
under this Section 5.1 will be limited to prompt replacement of the defective
Wafers or credit as mutually agreed to.

5.2  Notice.  Upon discovery of nonconforming Wafers by NMI, NMI shall promptly
     ------                                                                    
notify Toshiba in writing of the nature of the defects or failures in detail,
and on Toshiba's request, shall return such non-conforming Wafers to Toshiba.


                     [*]  Confidential Treatment Requested

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
5.3  Remedies.  NMI's remedy hereunder for failure of Wafers to meet the
     --------                                                           
aforesaid warranty shall be, at Toshiba's discretion, either to replace the
nonconforming Wafers or to refund the Purchase Price of the nonconforming
Wafers.

5.4  Disclaimers.  THE PRODUCT QUALITY WARRANTY SET FORTH ABOVE IS EXCLUSIVE AND
     -----------                                                                
NO OTHER PRODUCT QUALITY WARRANTY, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR
IMPLIED.  TOSHIBA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE REMEDIES PROVIDED
HEREUNDER SHALL BE THE PARTIES' SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO
PRODUCT QUALITY.

 
                                    PART VI
                        INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INDEMNITY

6.1  Indemnification by NMI.  NMI agrees to defend Toshiba against any third-
     ----------------------                                                 
party actions or claims arising out of the manufacture and sale of Products and
brought against Toshiba to the extent based upon a claim that any technology or
information provided by NMI under this Agreement infringes any U.S. patent or
trademark or any worldwide copyright, trade secret or similar intellectual
property right of any third party, and NMI agrees to purchase any work-in-
process for Products and to pay any settlement amounts or damages awarded
against Toshiba (including reasonable attorneys fees and court costs) to the
extent based upon such a claim; provided that Toshiba provides NMI (i) prompt
notice thereof, (ii) reasonable assistance in connection with the defense
thereof (at NMI's expense excluding Toshiba employee expense), and (iii) full
control of the defense and settlement thereof.  NMI agrees to keep Toshiba
apprised of the progress of any action or claims covered by this Section 7.1.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, NMI's obligation to indemnify Toshiba under this
Section 7.1 shall not apply to any actions or claims described in Section 6.2
below.

6.2  Indemnification by Toshiba.  Toshiba agrees to defend NMI and/or its
     --------------------------                                          
Associated Companies against any third-party actions or claims arising out of
the manufacture and sale of Products and brought against NMI and/or its
Associated Companies to the extent based upon a claim that the manufacturing
process used by Toshiba or any technology or information provided by Toshiba
under this Agreement (including any information or technology incorporated or
used in any Product other than technology or information provided by NMI and/or
its Associated Companies) infringes any U.S. patent or trademark or any
worldwide copyright, trade secret or similar intellectual property right of any
third party, and agrees to pay any settlement amounts or damages awarded against
NMI and/or its Associated Companies (including reasonable attorneys fees and
court costs) to the extent based upon such a claim; provided that NMI and/or its
Associated Companies provides Toshiba (i) reasonably prompt notice thereof, (ii)
reasonable assistance in connection with the defense thereof (at Toshiba's
expense excluding NMI and/or Associated Company employee expense), and (iii)
allows Toshiba full control of the defense and settlement thereof.  Toshiba
agrees to keep NMI and/or its Associated Companies apprised of the progress of
any action covered by this Section 6.2. In addition, if such an action is
brought, NMI at its option may return to Toshiba all inventory and work-in-
process for Products judged to be infringing (whether by final judgment,
preliminary 

                                      -10-
<PAGE>
 
injunction or other preliminary relief), and Toshiba shall refund any payments
made to it by NMI for such Products, unless Toshiba obtains an appropriate
license within a commercially reasonable number of days of such judgment.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Toshiba's obligations under this Section 6.2
shall not apply to any claims or actions described in Section 6.1 above.

     (a)   Exclusions.  Toshiba shall not be obligated to indemnify and hold
           ----------                                                       
harmless NMI where the infringement is caused by: (i) the use of Products by NMI
and/or its Associated Companies in combination with other circuits components,
components, devices or products if the infringement would not have occurred but
for such combination and such combination is not necessary to use the Product
for its intended purpose; (ii) use of the Products by NMI and/or its Associated
Companies in applications or environments for which Products were not designed;
or (iii) modifications to the 


Products by NMI and/or its Associated Companies if such infringement would have
been avoided absent such modifications, unless such modifications were
authorized by Toshiba.

6.3  Entire Liability.  THE FOREGOING STATES EACH PARTY'S ENTIRE LIABILITY AND
     ----------------                                                         
OBLIGATION (EXPRESS, STATUTORY, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE) WITH RESPECT TO
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INFRINGEMENT OR CLAIMS THEREFOR ARISING OUT OF THE
MANUFACTURE AND SALE OF PRODUCTS DEVELOPED PURSUANT TO PART II OF THIS
AGREEMENT.  ANY INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION TO BE INCURRED BY THE INDEMNIFYING
PARTY HEREUNDER WITH RESPECT TO A PARTICULAR TYPE OF PRODUCT SHALL NOT IN ANY
EVENT EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT CONCERNED WHICH HAS ACTUALLY BEEN
PAID TO TOSHIBA BY NMI HEREUNDER.


                                   PART VII
                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1  Confidentiality.
     --------------- 

     (a)   Confidential Information.  "Confidential Information" means any
           ------------------------                                       
technical data, trade secret, know-how, or other information disclosed by any
party (including the Associated Companies) hereunder, either directly or
indirectly, in writing, orally, by drawing or by inspections, and which shall be
marked by the disclosing party as "Confidential" or "Proprietary."  If such
information is disclosed orally, through demonstration or by inspection, in
order to be deemed Confidential Information, it must be specifically designated
as being of a confidential nature at the time of disclosure and confirmed in
writing to be received by the receiving party within ten (10) days of such
disclosure.

     (b)   Exclusions.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information
           ----------                                                          
shall not include information which:

           (i)    is known to the receiving party at the time of disclosure or
becomes known to the receiving party without breach of this Agreement;


                                      -11-
<PAGE>
 
          (ii)    is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the
receiving party or any affiliate of the receiving party;

         (iii)    is rightfully received from a third party (excluding the
Associated Companies) without restriction on disclosure;

          (iv)    is independently developed by the receiving party or any of
its affiliates;

           (v)    is furnished to any third party by the disclosing party
without restriction on its disclosure;

          (vi)    is approved for release upon a prior written consent of the
disclosing party;

         (vii)    is disclosed pursuant to judicial order, requirement of a
governmental agency or by operation of law.

     (c)   Nondisclosure.  The receiving party agrees that it will not disclose
           -------------                                                       
any Confidential Information to any third party, except for Toshiba's
subsidiaries provided that such disclosure is reasonably necessary to carry out
Toshiba's obligations under this Agreement and such subsidiaries agree to be
bound by the confidentiality provisions in this Section 7.1, and will not use
Confidential Information of the disclosing party for any purpose other than for
the performance of obligations hereunder during the term of this Agreement and
for the period of five (5) years thereafter, without the prior written consent
of the disclosing party.  The receiving party further agrees that Confidential
Information shall remain the sole property of the disclosing party and that it
will take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized disclosure of
Confidential Information by its employees and independent contractors.  No
license shall be granted by the disclosing party to the receiving party with
respect to Confidential Information disclosed hereunder unless otherwise
expressly provided herein.

     (d)   Nondisclosure Agreements.  Each party agrees that it (i) has or that
           ------------------------
it shall obtain the execution of proprietary nondisclosure agreements with its
employees, agents, and consultants having access to Confidential Information of
the other party, (ii) shall diligently enforce such agreements, and (iii) shall
be responsible for the actions of such employees, agents, and consultants in
this respect.

     (e)   Return of Confidential Information.  After expiration or termination
           ----------------------------------
of this Agreement upon the request of the disclosing party, the receiving party
will promptly return all Confidential Information furnished hereunder and all
copies thereof.

     (f)   Publicity.  The parties agree that all publicity and public
           ---------                                                  
announcements concerning the formation and existence of this Agreement shall be
jointly planned and coordinated by and among the parties.  Neither party shall
disclose any of the provisions of this Agreement, the existence of this
Agreement, nor that the parties are doing business with one another to any third
party without the prior written consent of the other party.  NMI will be
responsible for all communications with NMI's customers concerning the subject
matter hereof, and Toshiba agrees to forward to NMI any 

                                      -12-
<PAGE>
 
communications it receives from NMI's customers. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
any party may disclose information concerning this Agreement as required by the
rules, orders, regulations, subpoenas or directives of a court, government or
governmental agency, after giving prior notice to the other parties.

     (g)   Remedy for Breach of Confidentiality.  If a party breaches any of its
           ------------------------------------                                 
obligations with respect to confidentiality and unauthorized use of Confidential
Information hereunder, the nonbreaching party shall be entitled to equitable
relief to protect its interest therein, including but not limited to injunctive
relief, as well as money damages.


7.2   Term and Termination.  This Agreement shall remain in force for five (5)
      --------------------                                                    
years from the time the first product is released to production by NMI unless it
is terminated earlier as provided in this Agreement.  At the end of five (5)
years, this Agreement will be extended for another three (3) years under the
same terms and conditions provided herein unless notice of termination is given
by either party six (6) months prior to the expiration date.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, all existing orders and the provisions of Part V, VI, and Article
7.6 of Part VII (Export Controls) shall survive any termination or expiration of
this Agreement.  The obligations of confidentiality under Article 7.1 of Part
VII shall last during the specific period set forth in Article 7.1 of Part VII.

      (a)   Subject to Section 7.2(b), either party may terminate this Agreement
with immediate effect, at its sole discretion, upon giving written notice to the
other party, in case:

            (i)    the other party defaults in the performance of any material
                   obligation hereunder, and if any such default is not
                   corrected within ninety (90) days after the defaulting party
                   receives written notice of such default from the non-
                   defaulting party,

            (ii)   the normal conduct of business of the other party as a
                   commercial enterprise ceases or is substantially altered for
                   any reason, or

            (iii)  the other party files a petition in bankruptcy, or is
                   adjudicated bankrupt, or makes a general assignment for the
                   benefit of creditors, or becomes insolvent, or is otherwise
                   unable to meet its business obligations for a period of three
                   (3) consecutive months.

      (b)   In the event that Toshiba terminates this Agreement pursuant to
Section 7.2(a)(ii) or (iii) above, Toshiba agrees to supply Wafers, on
commercially reasonable terms and conditions to NMI's customers upon request by
such customers.  NMI agrees to provide Toshiba with a list of such customers
reasonably prior to the occurrence of the events specified in Sections
7.2(a)(ii) or (iii) above.

7.3   Force Majeure.  The parties shall not be liable to one another for failure
      -------------                                                             
to perform any part of this Agreement except for any payment obligation when
such failure is due to fire, flood, strikes, labor troubles or other industrial
disturbances, inevitable accidents, war (declared or undeclared), embargoes,
blockades, legal restrictions, governmental regulations or orders, riots,
insurrections, or any cause beyond the control of such party.  However, the
party so prevented from performance shall use diligent efforts to resume
performance.  This Agreement shall not be regarded as terminated or 

                                      -13-
<PAGE>
 
frustrated as a result of such failure of performance that does not exceed six
(6) months, and the parties shall proceed under this Agreement when the causes
of such nonperformance have ceased or have been eliminated.

7.4   Assignment.  The parties shall not assign or transfer this Agreement, in
      ----------                                                              
whole or in part, or any right or obligation hereunder to any third party
without the prior written consent of the other party.  Nothing in this Section
7.4 shall affect Toshiba's obligations under Section 7.2(b).

7.5   Governing Law; Disputes.  This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced
      -----------------------                                                  
in accordance with the laws of Japan without reference to conflicts of law
principles. This Agreement shall not be governed by the 1980 U.N. Convention on
Contracts for the International Sale of Goods. Each party will use reasonable
good faith efforts to settle any dispute arising out of this Agreement. Should
such efforts prove unsuccessful, any dispute or claim arising out of or in
relation to this Agreement, or the interpretation, making, performance, breach
or termination thereof, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration under
the Rules of Conciliation and Arbitration of the International Chamber of
Commerce as presently in force ("Rules") and by three (3) arbitrators appointed
in accordance with said Rules. Judgment on the award rendered may be entered in
any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be in
Japan. Any monetary award shall be in U.S. dollars and the arbitration shall be
conducted in the English language.

7.6   Export Controls.  Toshiba and NMI acknowledge that they are each subject
      ---------------
to regulation by agencies of the U.S. and Japanese Governments, including the
U.S. Department of Commerce, which prohibit export or diversion of certain
products and technology to certain countries. Any and all obligations of the
parties to provide technical information, technical assistance, any media in
which any of the foregoing is contained, training and related technical data
(collectively, "Data") shall be subject in all respect to such United States and
Japanese laws and regulation as shall from time to time govern the license and
delivery of technology and products abroad by persons subject to the
jurisdiction of the United States, including the Export Administration Act of
1979, as amended, any successor legislation, and the Export Administration
Regulations issued by the Department of Commerce, International Trade
Administration, Bureau of Export Administration.

      Without in any way limiting the provisions of this Agreement, the parties
agree that unless prior written authorization is obtained from the Bureau of
Export Administration or unless the Export Administration Regulations explicitly
permit the reexport without such written authorization, neither party will
export, reexport, or transship, directly or indirectly, the Products or any
technical data disclosed or provided to Toshiba, or the direct product of such
technical data, to country groups Q, S, W, Y, or Z (as defined in the Export
Administration Regulations and which currently consist of Albania, Bulgaria,
Cambodia, Cuba, the Czech Republic, Estonia, Laos, Latvia, Libya, Lithuania,
Mongolian People's Republic, North Korea, Poland, Romania, the geographic area
of the former Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, the Slovak Republic and
Vietnam, or to the People's Republic of China (excluding Taiwan), Haiti, Iran,
Iraq, Syria, Yugoslavia (Serbia and Montenegro), or to military or police
entities in South Africa, or to any other country as to which the U.S. and
Japanese Governments have placed an embargo against the shipment of products,
which is in effect during the term of this Agreement.

                                      -14-
<PAGE>
 
7.7   Notice.  Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement
      ------                                                                    
shall be delivered (i) by hand, (ii) by registered or certified mail, postage
prepaid, return receipt requested, to the address of the other party first set
forth above, or to such other address as a party may designated by written
notice in accordance with this Section 7.8 by overnight courier, or (iii) by
electronic transmission with conforming letter mailed under the conditions
described in (ii).  Notice so given shall be deemed effective when received, or
if not received by reason of fault of addressee, when delivered.

If to Toshiba, to:

Toshiaki Ogi
General Manager
International Operations
Electronic Components
Toshiba Corporation
11, Shibaura 1 Chome
Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-01
Japan

If to NMI, to:

Prakash Agarwal
NeoMagic International Corporation
c/o Caledonian Bank & Trust Ltd.
Ground Floor
Caledonian House
Mary Street
P.O. Box 1043
Georgetown, Grand Cayman B.W.I.

with a copy to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, California 94304-1050
Attn:  Michael J. Danaher

7.8   Relationship of Parties.  The relationship between NMI and Toshiba under
      -----------------------                                                 
this Agreement is that of independent contractors and neither shall be, nor
represent itself to be, the joint venturer, franchiser, franchisee, partner,
broker, employee, servant, agent, or representative of the other for any purpose
whatsoever (except as specifically provided in Part IV.  No party is granted any
right or authority to assume or create any obligation or responsibility, express
or implied, on behalf of, or in the name of, another party or to bind another in
any matter or thing whatsoever.

                                      -15-
<PAGE>
 
7.9   Waiver.  Should any of the parties fail to exercise or enforce any
      ------                                                            
provision of this Agreement or to waive any rights in respect thereto, such
waiver or failure shall not be construed as constituting a continuing waiver or
a waiver of any other right.

7.10  Severability.  In the event that any provision or provisions of this
      ------------                                                        
Agreement shall be held to be unenforceable, the parties shall renegotiate those
provisions in good faith to be valid, enforceable substitute provisions which
provisions shall reflect as closely as possible the intent of the original
provisions of this Agreement.  If the parties fail to negotiate a substitute
provision, this Agreement 

will continue in full force and effect without said provision and will be
interpreted to reflect the original intent of the parties.

7.11  Limitation of Liability.  EXCEPT FOR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM A BREACH OF
      -----------------------
THE CONFIDENTIALITY PROVISIONS HEREIN, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE
FOR INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING HEREUNDER,
EVEN IF THE PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. NEITHER
PARTY'S LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE
PRODUCT CONCERNED WHICH HAS ACTUALLY BEEN PAID TO TOSHIBA BY NMI HEREUNDER.

7.12  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, including the Exhibits referred to
      ----------------                                                     
herein, contains the entire understanding of the parties, and supersedes any
prior agreement between or among the parties with respect to its subject matter.
In case of any conflicts between this Agreement and any purchase orders,
acceptances, correspondence, memorandum, listing sheets and other documents
forming part of any order for Products, this Agreement shall govern.  This
Agreement shall not be amended or modified except by written instrument signed
by the duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed
by their duly authorized representatives or officers, effective as of the
Effective Date.


TOSHIBA CORPORATION                      NEOMAGIC INTERNATIONAL               
                                         CORPORATION                          
                                                                              
                                                                              
By: /s/ TOSHIAKI OGI                     By: /s/ PRAKASH AGARWAL
   -----------------------------------       -------------------
                                                                              
Name: Toshiaki Ogi                       Name: Prakash Agarwal                
      --------------------------------         ---------------                 
      General Manager International            CEO President
      Operations, Electrical Components
      Toshiba                          
 
Title:________________________________   Title:_____________________________

                                      -16-
<PAGE>
 
Exhibits
- --------

     A -- Initial Process(es)
     B -- Production Information
     C -- Acceptance Criteria
     D -- Average Yields

                                      -17-
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT A
                                   ---------

                              INITIAL PROCESS(ES)
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT B
                                   ---------

                                      [*]



                     [*] Confidential Treatment Requested
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT C
                                   ---------

                              ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

                                     -20-
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT D
                                   ---------


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Yield
            Toshiba      Number of                Average    Allowance   Wafer
 Device   Part Number    Full Die    Wafer Size  Yield Rate    Range     Price
- -------- -------------  ----------- ------------ ----------  ---------  ------ 
<S>      <C>            <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>  
  NMG5       T.B.D.       T.B.D.       8 inch        T.B.       20%     T.B.D.
                                                      D.                       
</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<CIK> 0001030485
<NAME> NEOMAGIC CORPORATION
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JAN-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             FEB-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               JAN-31-1997
<CASH>                                          13,458
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    2,249
<ALLOWANCES>                                        25
<INVENTORY>                                      5,237
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                23,468
<PP&E>                                           5,063
<DEPRECIATION>                                 (1,668)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  27,464
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           22,070
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                         12
<COMMON>                                             8
<OTHER-SE>                                       4,180
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    27,464
<SALES>                                         40,792
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                40,792
<CGS>                                           28,650
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   28,650
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                13,625
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             (1,046)
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (1,163)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                  0
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (1,163)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    (.05)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission